DD15 Engine Manual

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 315

EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine

Systems Workshop Manual


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

1 California Proposition 65 Warning and Engine Idle Notice............................................................................................... 8


2 Rocker Cover........................................................................................................................................................................... 9
2.1 Description and Operation of Rocker Cover and Related Parts...................................................................................... 9
2.2 Removal of the Rocker Cover......................................................................................................................................... 9
2.3 Cleaning and Inspection of the Rocker Cover.............................................................................................................. 11
2.4 Installation of the Rocker Cover................................................................................................................................... 11
3 Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly....................................................................................................... 14
3.1 Description and Operation of Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly and Related Parts...................... 14
3.2 Description and Operation of Engine Braking.............................................................................................................. 14
3.3 Removal of the Rocker Shaft Assembly....................................................................................................................... 16
3.4 Removal of the Camshafts............................................................................................................................................ 21
3.5 Inspection of the Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly....................................................................... 23
3.6 Installation of the Camshafts......................................................................................................................................... 24
3.7 Installation of the Rocker Shafts................................................................................................................................... 29
4 Camshaft Housing................................................................................................................................................................. 34
4.1 Description and Operation of the Camshaft Housing................................................................................................... 34
4.2 Removal of the Camshaft Housing............................................................................................................................... 34
4.3 Inspection of the Camshaft Housing............................................................................................................................. 37
4.4 Installation of the Camshaft Housing............................................................................................................................ 38
5 Camshaft Timing................................................................................................................................................................... 42
5.1 Camshaft Timing Verification...................................................................................................................................... 42
5.2 Timing the Camshafts with the Gear Train Installed.................................................................................................... 44
6 Gear Train and Engine Timing............................................................................................................................................ 46
6.1 Description and Operation of Gear Train and Related Parts......................................................................................... 46
6.2 Installation and Timing of Engine Gear Train.............................................................................................................. 48
6.3 Checking and Adjusting Gear Lash with Camshaft Housing Removed....................................................................... 54
7 Coolant Crossover Pipe......................................................................................................................................................... 56
7.1 Description and Operation of the Coolant Crossover Pipe........................................................................................... 56
7.2 Removal of the Coolant Crossover Pipe....................................................................................................................... 56
7.3 Installation of the Coolant Crossover Pipe.................................................................................................................... 57
8 DD15 and DD16 Water Manifold Assembly....................................................................................................................... 59
8.1 Description and Operation of DD15 and DD16 Water Manifold and Related Components........................................ 59
8.2 Removal of the DD15 and DD16 Water Manifold....................................................................................................... 60
8.3 Cleaning and Inspection of the DD15 and DD16 Water Manifold............................................................................... 61
8.4 Installation of the DD15 and DD16 Water Manifold.................................................................................................... 62
9 DD13 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler - Water Manifold Assembly............................................................................ 64
9.1 Description and Operation of DD13 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Water Manifold Assembly.......................... 64
9.2 Removal of the DD13 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Water Manifold Assembly................................................ 64
9.3 Inspection of the DD13 EGR Cooler Water Manifold Assembly................................................................................. 65
9.4 Testing and Inspection of the DD13 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Water Manifold Assembly.......................... 65
9.5 Installation of the DD13 EGR Cooler Water Manifold Assembly............................................................................... 66
10 Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe).................................................................................................................................... 68
10.1 Description and Operation of Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe) and Related Components.................................... 68
10.2 Removal of the Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe)................................................................................................... 68
10.3 Inspection of Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe)....................................................................................................... 69
10.4 Installation of the Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe)................................................................................................ 69
11 Composite Cold Boost Pipe................................................................................................................................................. 70
11.1 Description and Operation of the Composite Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe) and Related Components............ 70
11.2 Inspection of Composite Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe)..................................................................................... 70
11.3 Removal of the Composite Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe)................................................................................. 71
11.4 Installation of the Composite Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe)............................................................................. 71
12 Air Intake Manifold............................................................................................................................................................ 72
12.1 Description and Operation of the DD13 Air Intake Manifold and Related Parts....................................................... 72
12.2 Description and Operation of the DD15-DD16 Air Intake Manifold and Related Parts............................................ 72

2 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

12.3 Removal of the Air Intake Manifold........................................................................................................................... 74


12.4 Cleaning of the Air Intake Manifold........................................................................................................................... 75
12.5 Inspection of the Air Intake Manifold......................................................................................................................... 75
12.6 Installation of Air Intake Manifold............................................................................................................................. 75
13 DD13 Turbocharger............................................................................................................................................................ 77
13.1 Description and Operation of the DD13 Turbocharger and Related Parts.................................................................. 77
13.2 Removal of the DD13 Turbocharger........................................................................................................................... 77
13.3 Inspection of the Turbocharger................................................................................................................................... 80
13.4 Installation of the DD13 Turbocharger....................................................................................................................... 80
14 DD13 Wastegate Solenoid................................................................................................................................................... 83
14.1 Description and Operation of the EPA10 DD13 Wastegate Solenoid........................................................................ 83
14.2 Removal of the DD13 Wastegate Solenoid................................................................................................................. 83
14.3 Installation of the DD13 Wastegate Solenoid............................................................................................................. 85
14.4 Functional Check of the DD13 Wastegate Actuator................................................................................................... 87
15 GHG14 DD15 Wastegate Solenoid..................................................................................................................................... 88
15.1 Description and Operation of the GHG14 DD15 Asymmetrical Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid......................... 88
15.2 Removal of the GHG14 DD15 Asymmetrical Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid.................................................... 88
15.3 Installation of the GHG14 DD15 Asymmetrical Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid................................................. 90
16 DD15 and DD16 Turbocharger.......................................................................................................................................... 93
16.1 Description and Operation of the DD15 - DD16 Turbocharger and Related Parts..................................................... 93
16.2 Removal of the DD15 and the DD16 Turbocharger................................................................................................... 94
16.3 Inspection of the DD15 and DD16 Turbocharger....................................................................................................... 95
16.4 Installation of the DD15 and the DD16 Turbocharger................................................................................................ 96
16.5 Removal of the GHG14 DD15 Asymmetrical Turbocharger..................................................................................... 97
16.6 Installation of the GHG14 DD15 Asymmetrical Turbocharger................................................................................ 104
17 DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine............................................................................................................................ 111
17.1 Description and Operation of the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine and Related Parts.................................. 111
17.2 Removal of the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine........................................................................................... 112
17.3 Inspection of the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine......................................................................................... 113
17.4 Installation of the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine........................................................................................ 115
18 DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine Gear Box........................................................................................................... 117
18.1 Description and Operation of DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine Gear Box and Related Parts........................ 117
18.2 Removal of the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine Gear Box........................................................................... 118
18.3 Inspection of the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine Gear Box........................................................................ 118
18.4 Installation of the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine Gear Box....................................................................... 118
19 Cylinder Head.................................................................................................................................................................... 121
19.1 Description and Operation of the Cylinder Head and Related Parts......................................................................... 121
19.2 Removal of the DD13 Cylinder Head....................................................................................................................... 127
19.3 Inspection of the Cylinder Head - DD...................................................................................................................... 128
19.4 Cleaning of the Cylinder Head.................................................................................................................................. 131
19.5 Assembly of Cylinder Head...................................................................................................................................... 131
19.6 Installation of the DD13 Cylinder Head................................................................................................................... 132
19.7 Removal of the DD15 and DD16 Cylinder Head..................................................................................................... 135
19.8 Cleaning of the Cylinder Head.................................................................................................................................. 136
19.9 Assembly of Cylinder Head...................................................................................................................................... 136
19.10 Installation of the DD15 and DD16 Cylinder Head................................................................................................ 137
20 Intake and Exhaust Valves and Valve Springs............................................................................................................... 140
20.1 Removal of the Valve Spring (Cylinder Head Installed).......................................................................................... 140
20.2 Removal of the Valve Spring (Cylinder Head Removed)......................................................................................... 141
20.3 Removal of Intake and Exhaust Valves.................................................................................................................... 142
20.4 Cleaning of the Valves and Related Parts................................................................................................................. 142
20.5 Inspection of the Intake and Exhaust Valves............................................................................................................ 142
20.6 Installation of the Valve, Spring, Seal and Valve Cap.............................................................................................. 143
20.7 Valve Lash Adjustments........................................................................................................................................... 144
20.8 Setting the Engine Brake Lash.................................................................................................................................. 146
21 Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly............................................................................................................................. 148
21.1 Description and Operation of the Piston and Connecting Rod and Related Parts.................................................... 148

All information subject to change without notice. 3


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
Table of Contents

21.2 Removal of the Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly............................................................................................ 149


21.3 Disassembly of Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly............................................................................................ 150
21.4 Assembly of the Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly........................................................................................... 150
21.5 Installation of the Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly......................................................................................... 151
22 Cylinder Liner................................................................................................................................................................... 158
22.1 Description and Operation of the Cylinder Liner and Related Parts......................................................................... 158
22.2 Removal of the Cylinder Liner.................................................................................................................................. 158
22.3 Inspection of the Cylinder Liner............................................................................................................................... 159
22.4 Cleaning of the Cylinder Liner.................................................................................................................................. 160
22.5 Installation of the Cylinder Liner.............................................................................................................................. 161
23 Crankshaft.......................................................................................................................................................................... 168
23.1 Description and Operation of the Crankshaft and Related Parts............................................................................... 168
23.2 Removal of the Crankshaft........................................................................................................................................ 170
23.3 Inspection of the Crankshaft and Related Parts........................................................................................................ 172
23.4 Installation of the Crankshaft.................................................................................................................................... 172
23.5 Inspection of the Main and Connecting Rod Bearing in Chassis.............................................................................. 175
24 Crankshaft Oil Seals.......................................................................................................................................................... 181
24.1 Removal of the Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal................................................................................................................. 181
24.2 Installation of the Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal.............................................................................................................. 181
24.3 Removal of the Front Crankshaft Oil Seal................................................................................................................ 182
24.4 Installation of the Front Crankshaft Oil Seal............................................................................................................ 183
25 Lubrication System........................................................................................................................................................... 185
25.1 Description and Operation of the Lubrication System and Related Components..................................................... 185
26 Oil Pan................................................................................................................................................................................ 187
26.1 Description and Operation of the Oil Pan and Related Components........................................................................ 187
26.2 Removal of the Oil Pan............................................................................................................................................. 187
26.3 Cleaning of the Oil Pan............................................................................................................................................. 188
26.4 Inspection of the Oil Pan........................................................................................................................................... 188
26.5 Removal of the Threaded Insert (Plastic Oil Pan Only)............................................................................................ 188
26.6 Installation of the Threaded Insert (Plastic Oil Pan Only)........................................................................................ 188
26.7 Installation of the Oil Pan.......................................................................................................................................... 189
27 Oil Level/Temperature Sensor......................................................................................................................................... 192
27.1 Description and Operation of the Oil Level/Temperature Sensor............................................................................. 192
27.2 Removal of the Oil Level/Temperature Sensor......................................................................................................... 192
27.3 Installation of the Oil Level/Temperature Sensor..................................................................................................... 192
28 Oil Dipstick Tube............................................................................................................................................................... 193
28.1 Description and Operation of the Oil Dipstick Tube and Related Components....................................................... 193
28.2 Removal of the Oil Dipstick Tube............................................................................................................................ 193
28.3 Installation of the Oil Dipstick Tube......................................................................................................................... 194
29 Oil Pump, Oil Suction Manifold, and Oil Lines............................................................................................................. 195
29.1 Description and Operation of Oil Pump and Related Components.......................................................................... 195
29.2 Removal of the Oil Pump, Oil Suction Manifold, and Oil Lines.............................................................................. 195
29.3 Inspection of the Oil Pump, Oil Suction Manifold, and Oil Lines............................................................................ 196
29.4 Installation of the Oil Pump, Oil Suction Manifold, and Oil Lines.......................................................................... 196
30 Crankcase Breather........................................................................................................................................................... 197
30.1 Description and Operation of the Crankcase Breather.............................................................................................. 197
30.2 Removal of the Crankcase Breather.......................................................................................................................... 198
30.3 Inspection of the Crankcase Breather........................................................................................................................ 198
30.4 Installation of the Crankcase Breather...................................................................................................................... 198
31 Oil Filter............................................................................................................................................................................. 200
31.1 Replacement of the Oil Filter.................................................................................................................................... 200
32 Oil Sample Valve............................................................................................................................................................... 202
32.1 Replacing Oil Plug with Oil Sample Valve.............................................................................................................. 202
32.2 Removal of Oil Sample Valve.................................................................................................................................. 202
32.3 Installation of the Oil Sample Valve......................................................................................................................... 203
33 Oil Filler Neck.................................................................................................................................................................... 204
33.1 Removal of the Oil Filler Neck................................................................................................................................. 204

4 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

33.2 Installation of the Oil Filler Neck............................................................................................................................. 204


34 Oil Coolant Module........................................................................................................................................................... 206
34.1 Description and Operation of the Oil Coolant Module............................................................................................. 206
34.2 Removal of the Oil Coolant Module......................................................................................................................... 207
34.3 Installation of the Oil Coolant Module..................................................................................................................... 207
34.4 Removal of the Oil Coolant Module Plugs............................................................................................................... 209
34.5 Installation of the Oil Coolant Module Plugs............................................................................................................ 209
35 Oil Cooler........................................................................................................................................................................... 211
35.1 Removal of the Oil Cooler........................................................................................................................................ 211
35.2 Inspection and Pressure Testing of the Oil Cooler.................................................................................................... 211
35.3 Installation of the Oil Cooler..................................................................................................................................... 212
36 Oil Thermostat................................................................................................................................................................... 213
36.1 Removal of the Oil Thermostat................................................................................................................................. 213
36.2 Installation of the Oil Thermostat............................................................................................................................. 214
37 Priming the Lubrication System...................................................................................................................................... 217
37.1 Priming the Engine Lubrication System................................................................................................................... 217
38 Cooling System................................................................................................................................................................... 220
38.1 Description and Operation of the Cooling System and Related Components.......................................................... 220
38.2 Cooling System Drain Procedure.............................................................................................................................. 221
38.3 Cooling System Fill Procedure................................................................................................................................. 222
39 Engine Water Pump.......................................................................................................................................................... 224
39.1 Description and Operation of the Engine Water Pump............................................................................................. 224
39.2 Removal of the Water Pump..................................................................................................................................... 224
39.3 Inspection of the Water Pump................................................................................................................................... 225
39.4 Installation of the Water Pump.................................................................................................................................. 226
40 Variable Speed Engine Water Pump............................................................................................................................... 227
40.1 Description and Operation of the Variable Speed Engine Water Pump................................................................... 227
40.2 Removal of the Variable Speed Water Pump............................................................................................................ 227
40.3 Inspection of the Variable Speed Water Pump......................................................................................................... 228
40.4 Installation of the Variable Speed Water Pump........................................................................................................ 229
40.5 Removal of the Variable Speed Water Pump Pulley................................................................................................ 230
40.6 Installation of the Variable Speed Water Pump Pulley............................................................................................. 231
41 Coolant Thermostat........................................................................................................................................................... 233
41.1 Description and Operation of the Coolant Thermostat............................................................................................. 233
41.2 Removal of the Engine Coolant Thermostat and Seal.............................................................................................. 233
41.3 Inspection of the Coolant Thermostat and Seal........................................................................................................ 234
41.4 Installation of the Coolant Thermostat and Seal....................................................................................................... 234
42 Coolant Filter..................................................................................................................................................................... 236
42.1 Description and Operation of the Coolant Filter....................................................................................................... 236
42.2 Removal of the Coolant Filter................................................................................................................................... 236
42.3 Installation of the Coolant Filter............................................................................................................................... 236
43 Coolant Filter Service Module......................................................................................................................................... 238
43.1 Removal of the Coolant Filter Service Module........................................................................................................ 238
43.2 Installation of the Coolant Filter Service Module..................................................................................................... 238
44 Coolant Inlet Elbow........................................................................................................................................................... 240
44.1 Removal of the Coolant Inlet Elbow......................................................................................................................... 240
44.2 Installation of the Coolant Inlet Elbow..................................................................................................................... 240
45 Flywheel, Ring Gear and Flywheel Housing................................................................................................................... 242
45.1 Description and Operation of the Flywheel, Flywheel Housing and Related Parts.................................................. 242
45.2 Removal of the Flywheel Housing............................................................................................................................ 244
45.3 Inspection of the Flywheel Housing and Rear Oil Seal Area of Crankshaft............................................................. 244
45.4 Installation of the Flywheel Housing........................................................................................................................ 244
45.5 Removal of the Flywheel.......................................................................................................................................... 246
45.6 Inspection of the Flywheel........................................................................................................................................ 246
45.7 Machining of the Flywheel....................................................................................................................................... 247
45.8 Installation of the Flywheel....................................................................................................................................... 249
45.9 Removal of the Ring Gear......................................................................................................................................... 250

All information subject to change without notice. 5


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
Table of Contents

45.10 Installation of the Ring Gear................................................................................................................................... 250


46 Front Engine Mount/Radiator Support.......................................................................................................................... 252
46.1 Description and Operation of the Front Engine Mount/Radiator Support and Related Parts................................... 252
46.2 Removal of the Front Engine Mount/Radiator Support............................................................................................ 252
46.3 Inspection of the Front Engine Mount/Radiator Support.......................................................................................... 253
46.4 Installation of the Front Engine Mount/Radiator Support........................................................................................ 253
47 Vibration Damper............................................................................................................................................................. 254
47.1 Removal of the Vibration Damper............................................................................................................................ 254
47.2 Installation of the Vibration Damper........................................................................................................................ 254
48 Front Engine Cover........................................................................................................................................................... 256
48.1 Description and Operation of the Front Engine Cover............................................................................................. 256
48.2 Removal of the Front Engine Cover......................................................................................................................... 256
48.3 Inspection of the Front Engine Cover....................................................................................................................... 257
48.4 Installation of the Front Engine Cover...................................................................................................................... 257
49 Engine Lifter Brackets...................................................................................................................................................... 258
49.1 Description and Operation of the Engine Lifter Brackets and Related Parts............................................................ 258
49.2 Removal of the Front Engine Lifter Bracket without Front Engine Power Take-off............................................... 261
49.3 Installation of the Front Engine Lifter Bracket without Front Engine Power Take-Off........................................... 262
49.4 Removal of the Front Engine Lifter Bracket with Front Engine Power Take-off.................................................... 262
49.5 Installation of the Front Engine Lifter Bracket with Front Engine Power Take-Off................................................ 262
49.6 Removal of the Rear Engine Lifter Brackets............................................................................................................ 263
49.7 Inspection of the Engine Lifter Brackets................................................................................................................... 263
49.8 Installation of the Rear Engine Lifter Brackets......................................................................................................... 263
50 Belt Drive Tensioner System............................................................................................................................................ 264
50.1 Description and Operation of the Belt Drive Tensioner and Related Parts.............................................................. 264
50.2 Removal of the Belt Tensioner.................................................................................................................................. 265
50.3 Installation of the Belt Tensioner.............................................................................................................................. 265
50.4 Removal of the Idler Pulley and Idler Pulley Bracket.............................................................................................. 265
50.5 Inspection of the Idler Pulley Bracket....................................................................................................................... 265
50.6 Installation of the Idler Pulley and Idler Pulley Bracket........................................................................................... 266
50.7 Removal of the Non-Bracketed Idler Pulley............................................................................................................. 266
50.8 Installation of the Non-Bracketed Idler Pulley......................................................................................................... 266
50.9 Removal of the Accessory Mounting Bracket.......................................................................................................... 266
50.10 Installation of the Accessory Mounting Bracket..................................................................................................... 267
51 Poly-V-Belts........................................................................................................................................................................ 268
51.1 Description and Operation of the Poly-V Belts........................................................................................................ 268
51.2 Removal of the Poly-V-Belts.................................................................................................................................... 268
51.3 Inspection of the Poly-V-Belts.................................................................................................................................. 269
51.4 Installation of the Poly-V-Belts................................................................................................................................. 273
52 Air Compressor................................................................................................................................................................. 275
52.1 Description and Operation of the Air Compressor.................................................................................................... 275
52.2 Removal of the Air Compressor................................................................................................................................ 278
52.3 Inspection of the Air Compressor............................................................................................................................. 278
52.4 Inspection of the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Compressed Air Flow System after Air Compressor Failure..................... 279
52.5 Installation of the Air Compressor............................................................................................................................ 279
53 Air Compressor Unloader Valve...................................................................................................................................... 281
53.1 Removal of the Air Compressor Unloader Valve..................................................................................................... 281
53.2 Inspection of the Air Compressor Unloader Valve................................................................................................... 281
53.3 Installation of the Air Compressor Unloader Valve.................................................................................................. 282
54 Cylinder Block................................................................................................................................................................... 283
54.1 Description and Operation of the Cylinder Block and Related Parts........................................................................ 283
54.2 Removal and Disassembly of the Engine from Vehicle........................................................................................... 288
54.3 Cleaning the Cylinder Block..................................................................................................................................... 290
54.4 Inspection of the Cylinder Block.............................................................................................................................. 290
54.5 Inspection of the Main Bearing Bores....................................................................................................................... 291
54.6 General Inspection and Rust Prevention of the Cylinder Block............................................................................... 291
54.7 Reassembly and Installation of the Cylinder Block.................................................................................................. 292

6 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

54.8 Removal of the Gear Case Front Cover.................................................................................................................... 293


54.9 Installation of the Gear Case Front Cover................................................................................................................. 294
55 Engine Wiring Harness..................................................................................................................................................... 296
55.1 Removal of the Engine Wiring Harness -Three-Filter Fuel System......................................................................... 296
55.2 Installation of the Engine Wiring Harness -Three-Filter Fuel System...................................................................... 298
55.3 Removal of the Engine Wiring Harness - Two-Filter Fuel System.......................................................................... 301
55.4 Installation of the Engine Wiring Harness - Two-Filter Fuel System....................................................................... 304
56 Clutch.................................................................................................................................................................................. 308
56.1 Removal of the Clutch............................................................................................................................................... 308
56.2 Installation of the Clutch........................................................................................................................................... 310
57 Pilot Bearing....................................................................................................................................................................... 315
57.1 Removal of the Pilot Bearing.................................................................................................................................... 315
57.2 Installation of the Pilot Bearing................................................................................................................................ 315

All information subject to change without notice. 7


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
1 California Proposition 65 Warning and Engine Idle Notice

1 California Proposition 65 Warning and Engine Idle Notice

8 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

2 Rocker Cover

2.1 Description and Operation of Rocker Cover and Related Parts


The rocker cover is made of an aluminum or plastic material and uses an elastomer seal which completely encloses the valve
operating mechanism including the overhead camshafts, brake assemblies and the injector harness.

1. Elastomer Seal (Gasket) 4. Air Filter Housing Bracket


2. Rocker Cover 5. Stud (Bolt)
3. Bolt
Figure 1. Rocker Cover

2.2 Removal of the Rocker Cover


Remove as follows:
1. Steam clean the engine.
2. Remove bolts (1) or nuts (if equipped) from the two air filter housing brackets (2) and remove housings from the rocker
cover.

All information subject to change without notice. 9


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
2 Rocker Cover

NOTE: Mark the location of the stud bolts. The stud bolts must be replaced in their original location during
installation.

3. Loosen the bolts (1) or stud bolts (2) (if equipped) and isolators (3); remove rocker cover.

4. Remove rocker cover gasket from the rocker cover.

10 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

2.3 Cleaning and Inspection of the Rocker Cover


Clean and inspect as follows:
1. Remove the sealing gasket from the rocker cover.
2. Clean the rocker cover and sealing gasket in clean solvent or fuel.

WARNING: EYE INJURY


To avoid injury from flying debris when using compressed air, wear adequate eye protection (face
shield or safety goggles) and do not exceed 276 kPa (40 psi) air pressure.

3. Blow dry with compressed air.


4. Check the rocker cover, breather passage and seal for damage. Replace as necessary.
5. Inspect the bolts. Replace if damaged.

2.4 Installation of the Rocker Cover


Install as follows:
1. Install the rocker cover gasket into the groove in the rocker cover.

All information subject to change without notice. 11


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
2 Rocker Cover

2. Install bolts (1) or stud bolts (2) (if removed) and isolators (3) into rocker cover.

3. Install the rocker cover onto the camshaft housing.


4. Finger tighten all bolts (1) and stud bolts; then torque to 20 N·m (14 lb·ft).
5. Install the two air filter housing brackets (2) (if equipped), onto the rocker cover and torque the eight nuts to 20 N·m
(14 lb·ft).

12 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury before starting and running the engine, ensure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface, parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked.

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST


To avoid injury from inhaling engine exhaust, always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area.
Engine exhaust is toxic.

6. Start the engine and check for leaks.

All information subject to change without notice. 13


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
3 Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly

3 Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly

3.1 Description and Operation of Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly
and Related Parts
The engine uses a dual overhead camshaft and rocker shaft design. The intake and exhaust camshafts are timed to each other,
through a geartrain, to the crankshaft. The camshaft housing houses the camshafts and valve train. It has internal oil passages
to supply oil from the block to the camshaft and rocker bearings along with pressurized oil to the engine brake rockers via the
engine brake solenoids through the exhaust shaft. The camshaft housing is made of aluminum material.

1. Camshaft Bearing Cap 9. Intake Camshaft and Gear


2. Bolt 120 mm 10. Camshaft Housing
3. Bolt 108 mm 11. Gasket
4. Bolt 63 mm 12. Exhaust Camshaft Lobes
5. Engine Brake Solenoid 13. Exhaust Camshaft Brake Cam Lobe
6. Intake Rocker Arm 14. Intake Camshaft Lobes
7. Exhaust Rocker Arm 15. Intake Camshaft Tone Wheel
8. Exhaust Camshaft and Gear
Figure 2. Camshaft Housing and Related Parts

14 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

3.2 Description and Operation of Engine Braking


The engine uses an integral engine brake. Engine braking is controlled electronically by the engine control system with an
electric solenoid. When activated, the solenoid allows oil pressure to activate a piston on the exhaust rocker arm. Engine
braking is accomplished with a single exhaust valve in each cylinder. The exhaust camshaft uses a separate engine brake-only
lobe that allows for double valve activation for high efficiency braking. The exhaust valve is first operated toward the
completion of the intake stroke, closed during the compression stroke and opened a second time when the compression stroke
is completed. The engine brake system is enabled using the following components:

EPA07 Engines
• Engine brake solenoid valve in front of engine applies low engine braking.
• Engine brake solenoid valve in rear of engine applies medium engine braking.
• For high, both front and rear solenoids are activated.
• Six exhaust rocker arms with actuator pistons.
• Six brake rocker arms which are actuated by the brake camshaft lobes.
• Exhaust camshaft has one brake cam lobe per cylinder.
For EPA07 engines, the exhaust rocker arm shaft lubricating oil passages direct pressurized oil to the rocker arms. The
exhaust rocker arm has two additional oil passages to operate the engine brakes. Oil for cylinders 1 and 2 are supplied by the
front engine brake solenoid valve. Oil for cylinders 3 through 6 are supplied by the rear engine brake solenoid valve.

1. Exhaust Rocker Arm 7. Exhaust Camshaft


2. Exhaust Rocker Arm with Actuator Piston 8. Actuator Piston
3. Brake Rocker Arm 9. Exhaust Valve
4. Oil Passage for Cylinders 1 and 2 10. Brake Camshaft Lobe
5. Oil Passage for Cylinders 3, 4, 5 and 6 11. Engine Brake Solenoid Valve, Front
6. Exhaust Rocker Arm Shaft 12. Engine Brake Solenoid Valve, Rear
Figure 3. EPA07 Engine Brake
EPA10 Engines
• Engine brake solenoid valve in front of engine applies low engine braking.
• For medium engine braking, both front and rear solenoids are activated.
• For high engine braking, both front and rear solenoids are activated, along with EGR.
• Six exhaust rocker arms with actuator pistons.
• Six brake rocker arms which are actuated by the brake camshaft lobes.
• Exhaust camshaft has one brake cam lobe per cylinder.

All information subject to change without notice. 15


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
3 Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly

For EPA10 engines, the exhaust rocker arm shaft lubricating oil passages direct pressurized oil to the rocker arms. The
exhaust rocker arm has two additional oil passages to operate the engine brakes. Oil for cylinders 1 through 3 is supplied by
the front engine brake solenoid valve (11). Oil for cylinders 4 through 6 are supplied by the rear engine brake solenoid valve
(12).

1. Exhaust Rocker Arm 7. Exhaust Camshaft


2. Exhaust Rocker Arm with Actuator Piston 8. Actuator Piston
3. Brake Rocker Arm 9. Exhaust Valve
4. Oil Passage for Cylinders 1, 2 and 3 10. Brake Camshaft Lobe
5. Oil Passage for Cylinders 4, 5 and 6 11. Engine Brake Solenoid Valve, Front
6. Exhaust Rocker Arm Shaft 12. Engine Brake Solenoid Valve, Rear
Figure 4. EPA10 Engine Brake

3.3 Removal of the Rocker Shaft Assembly

16 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

Table 1.
Service Tools Used in the Procedure
Tool Number Tool Name Tool Graphic

W470589034000 Camshaft Timing Tool - EPA07 DD13*

W470589114000 Camshaft Timing Tool - EPA07/EPA10 DD13

W470589054000 Camshaft Timing Tool - EPA07

W470589104000 DD15 Camshaft Timing Tool - EPA07/EPA10 DD15/16

J-46392 or W904589046300 Engine Barring Tool

All information subject to change without notice. 17


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
3 Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly

Service Tools Used in the Procedure


Tool Number Tool Name Tool Graphic

W470589001500 Top Dead Center Locating Pin

W470589044000 Intake Rocker Arm Lifter/Spacer Tool - DD13

W470589074000 Exhaust Rocker Arm Lifter/Spacer Tool - DD13

W470589004000 Intake/Exhaust Rocker Arm Lifter/Spacer Tool - DD15

* Can be used on EPA10 with modification (refer to tool letter 10 TL-9)

Remove as follows:
1. Turn engine OFF.
2. Steam clean the engine.
3. Disconnect the battery power to the engine. Refer to OEM procedures.
4. Remove the air filter and the turbocharger inlet pipe and hose. Refer to OEM procedures.
5. Remove air filter housing. Refer to OEM procedures.
6. Remove the rocker cover. Refer to section "Removal of the Rocker Cover".
7. Using the engine barring tool (J-46392 or W904589046300), rotate the crankshaft until the TDC dot (3) between two
teeth on the flywheel aligns with the edge of pointer (2), the engine is at TDC firing stroke.

18 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

8. Remove the Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor (1) from the rear of the flywheel housing. Refer to section "Removal of
the Crankshaft Position Sensor".

9. To accurately locate TDC, install the flywheel housing crankshaft TDC locating pin (W470589001500) into the CKP
sensor hole located in the rear of the flywheel housing. The plastic tip will protrude into a cutout in the tone wheel.
TDC can be verified by the proper installation of the camshaft timing tool. See tool list below:
• W470589034000 - EPA07 DD13
• W470589114000 - EPA07/EPA10 DD13
• W470589054000 - EPA07
• W470589104000 - EPA07/EPA10 DD15/DD16

All information subject to change without notice. 19


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
3 Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly

10. Remove the fuel injector wiring harness.


Refer to section "Removal of the One-Piece Fuel Injector Wiring Harness - Three-Filter System".
Refer to section "Removal of the One-Piece Fuel Injector Wiring Harness - Two-Filter System".
Refer to section "Removal of the Two-Piece Fuel Injector Wiring Harness - Two-Filter System".
11. Remove the engine brake solenoids from the camshaft housing.

NOTICE: Ensure when loosening the rocker shaft bolts that the bolts are loosened from the inside bolts outward,
in ½ turn increments. The increment procedure needs to be followed to prevent the rocker shaft from breaking.

12. Completely loosen all of the adjusting screws on all of the rocker arms.
13. Loosen the seven bolts securing the intake rocker shaft to the camshaft bearing caps.

NOTICE: Make sure that the camshaft housing is not damaged during removal of the intake/exhaust rocker shaft
assemblies.

14. Using the intake rocker arm lifter/spacer tool (DD13 - W470589044000) or (DD15/DD16 - W470589004000), remove
the intake rocker shaft assembly.

NOTICE: Ensure when loosening the rocker shaft bolts that the bolts are loosened from the inside bolts outward,
in ½ turn increments. The increment procedure needs to be followed to prevent the rocker shaft from breaking.

15. Loosen the seven bolts securing the exhaust rocker shaft to the camshaft caps.

NOTICE: When removing the EPA10 exhaust rocker shaft, ensure the rockers are in the UP position.

16. Using the exhaust rocker arm lifter/spacer tool (W470589074000), remove the exhaust rocker shaft assembly.

20 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

3.4 Removal of the Camshafts

Table 2.
Service Tools Used in the Procedure
Tool Number Tool Name Tool Graphic

J-48883 Camshaft Bearing Cap Puller

J-46375 Injector Unit Pump Puller

Remove as follows:
1. Remove the rocker shaft assemblies. Refer to section "Removal of the Rocker Shaft Assembly".

NOTE: The engine brake solenoids do not have to be removed unless they are damaged.

NOTE: Mark the camshaft bearing cap position for proper reassembly.

2. Remove the bolts (1) from the camshaft bearing caps (2).

All information subject to change without notice. 21


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
3 Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly

3. Using the camshaft bearing cap puller tool (J-48883) and injector unit pump puller tool (J-46375), remove the camshaft
bearing caps (1) from the camshaft housing.

NOTICE: Damage to the intake camshaft tone wheel will result in a check engine light.

4. Using care not to damage the intake camshaft tone wheel, remove the intake and exhaust camshaft assemblies (1 and 2)
from the camshaft housing (3).

22 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

3.5 Inspection of the Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly


Inspect the camshaft and rocker shaft assemblies as follows:
1. Inspect the camshafts for lobe damage; replace if necessary.
2. Inspect the camshaft gears for damage; replace if necessary.
3. Inspect the rocker shaft for scoring or scuffing; replace if necessary.
4. Inspect rocker arms for roller and bushing damage; replace if necessary.
5. Inspect adjusting screws and buttons; replace if necessary.
6. Inspect cam caps and cam journals in camshaft housing for excessive damage; some scoring and scuffing is normal.
Replace if necessary.

All information subject to change without notice. 23


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
3 Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly

7. Inspect the tone wheel on the intake camshaft for cracks, bending or any damage. If damage is found, replace the intake
camshaft.
8. Consult DDEC Reports for codes representing engine overspeed. Older style 12 lobe intake camshafts cannot exceed
2800 rpm. However, the new style 6 lobe intake camshafts are able to withstand up to 3000 rpm.

3.6 Installation of the Camshafts

Table 3.
Service Tools Used in the Procedure
Tool Number Tool Name Tool Graphic

J-46392 or W904589046300 Engine Barring Tool

W470589034000 Camshaft Timing Tool - EPA07 DD13*

W470589114000 Camshaft Timing Tool - EPA07/EPA10 DD13

W470589054000 Camshaft Timing Tool - EPA07

W470589104000 DD15 Camshaft Timing Tool - EPA07/EPA10 DD15/16

W470589001500 Top Dead Center Locating Pin

* Can be used on EPA10 with modification (refer to tool letter 10 TL-9)

Install as follows:
1. Bar the engine to Top Dead Center (TDC) with engine barring tool (J-46392 or W904589046300) on cylinder No.1
with the No. 6 valve in overlap. The dot (2) that is located inside the flywheel tone ring is aligned with the edge of the
pointer (1).

24 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

2. Insert the locating pin in the Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) hole located in flywheel housing.

3. Install camshaft timing tool (1) to the rear of the camshaft housing. Tighten the two bolts.

All information subject to change without notice. 25


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
3 Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly

4. Locate the etched triangle on the camshaft gear teeth and mark the teeth with a paint pen.
5. Lubricate the lower camshaft bearing surfaces and camshaft journals with clean engine oil before installing the
camshafts.

NOTE: The intake camshaft has a tone wheel (3) mounted to the gear that is not serviceable.

6. Install the exhaust (1) and intake (2) camshaft gear assemblies into the camshaft housing.

7. Align the marked gear teeth with the marks on the timing tool.

26 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

8. Install the camshaft timing tool to the front of the camshaft housing and into the grooves cut into the camshafts. Secure
timing tool to the camshaft housing with a bolt.
a. At this point the front timing tool should slide into the camshaft grooves easily with no drag.
b. If there is excessive drag when installing the tool, the camshafts are out of time. If so, repeat this procedure. Go
to step 4.
9. Verify that the marks on the gear teeth match the marks on the timing tool.

NOTE: The camshaft caps are numbered and need to be installed correctly.

10. Install the seven camshaft caps onto intake and exhaust camshafts.

NOTICE: When installing the engine brake solenoids, do not use the bolt to pull the solenoid into the camshaft
cap. Damage will occur to the O-rings on the solenoid.

11. The first and seventh camshaft caps hold the engine brake solenoids to the camshaft cap. Replace the O-rings on the
solenoids prior to reinstallation and lubricate with clean engine oil. Seat the engine brake solenoids into the camshaft
caps by hand.

NOTE: EPA07 DD15 uses 28 bolts to hold the camshaft cap and housing to the cylinder head.

12. Install the 30 bolts to camshaft caps; finger-tighten the bolts.


13. Using the torque sequence shown below, torque the twenty one M10 camshaft cap bolts to the following:
a. Torque all bolts to 20 N·m (15 lb·ft).
b. Then torque bolts to 50 to 55 N·m (37 to 40 lb·ft).

All information subject to change without notice. 27


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
3 Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly

14. Using the torque sequence shown below, torque the nine 63 mm M8 bolts to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).

15. Remove TDC locating pin from Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor hole in the flywheel housing.
16. Install crankshaft position sensor. Refer to section "Installation of the Crankshaft Position Sensor".
17. Install a dial indicator onto gear case and zero out the dial indicator.
18. Position the stem of dial indicator to rest between the teeth on the camshaft gear.
19. Hold the number five idler gear with a screwdriver. Check the lash between the camshaft gear and idler gear number
five.
20. The dial indicator should read 0.051 - 0.257 mm (0.002 - 0.010 in.). If the gear lash is excessive between the exhaust or
intake camshaft gear and the number five idler gear, inspect the number five idler gear spindle, camshaft gear and
camshaft housing. Repair as necessary.
21. Remove timing tools.

NOTICE: Failure to remove the engine barring tool prior to starting the engine will cause damage to the flywheel.

22. Remove the engine barring tool from the bottom of the flywheel housing.
23. Install the rocker shafts. Refer to section "Installation of the Rocker Shafts".

28 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

3.7 Installation of the Rocker Shafts

Table 4.
Service Tools Used in the Procedure
Tool Number Tool Name Tool Graphic

W470589044000 Intake Rocker Arm Lifter/Spacer Tool - DD13

W470589074000 Exhaust Rocker Arm Lifter/Spacer Tool - DD13

W470589004000 Intake/Exhaust Rocker Arm Lifter/Spacer Tool - DD15

Install as follows:

NOTICE: The camshaft journal area is lubricated by oil that has to travel through the rocker shaft. If the rocker
shaft is installed incorrectly, oil passages will not line up. This results in insufficient lubrication and will damage the
camshaft journals. Incorrect shaft installation can also result in the engine brakes not functioning which will cause
damage to the rocker arm bushings.

NOTICE: The marking grooves (1) on the rocker shafts must face the REAR of the engine for proper lubrication
and engine brake operation.

Rear:

All information subject to change without notice. 29


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
3 Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly

Front:

NOTE: Starting with EPA10 engines the intake and exhaust rocker shafts are each marked "TOP FRONT." Top
Front must face towards the front of the engine.

30 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

NOTICE: When tightening the rocker shaft bolts, ensure that the bolts are drawn down from the inside bolts
outward, in 1/2 turn increments, before final torque. The rocker shaft can break if the rocker shaft bolt is fully
torqued without using the increment procedure.

1. Install the intake and exhaust camshafts. Refer to section "Installation of the Camshafts".
2. Using the Intake Rocker Arm Lifter / Spacer tool, install the intake rocker shaft assembly to the camshaft cap and
secure with seven clamping blocks and bolts.
3. Using the torque sequence shown below, torque the bolts to 50 to 55 N·m (36 to 41 lb·ft) +90°.
a. Figure below displays the old style intake rocker arm used on DD13 prior to engine serial number HDE0079072
and the DD15 & DD16 prior to engine serial number HDE0077481.

b. Figure below shows the current intake bridged rocker arm; the rocker arms are not backwards compatible.

All information subject to change without notice. 31


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
3 Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly

NOTE: After initial torquing of each bolt, apply a paint mark to the head of the bolts to ensure that the proper 90°
turn has been achieved.

4. Using the exhaust rocker arm lifter/spacer tool, install the exhaust rocker shaft assembly to the camshaft cap and secure
with seven clamping blocks and bolts.
5. Using the torque sequence shown below, torque the bolts to 50 to 55 N·m (36 to 41 lb·ft) +90°.

6. Remove timing tools.


7. Install the fuel injectors, if removed.
Refer to section "Installation of the Fuel Injector - Two-Filter System".
Refer to section "Installation of the Fuel Injector - Three-Filter System".
8. Lash the valves and engine brakes. Refer to section "Valve Lash Adjustments".
9. Install the fuel injector wiring harness.
Refer to section "Installation of the Two-Piece Fuel Injector Wiring Harness - Two-Filter System".
Refer to section "Installation of the One-Piece Fuel Injector Wiring Harness - Three-Filter System".
Refer to section "Installation of the Two-Piece Fuel Injector Wiring Harness - Three-Filter System".
10. Install the rocker cover. Refer to section "Installation of the Rocker Cover".

32 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

11. Reconnect the battery power to the engine. Refer to OEM procedures.
12. Install air cleaner housing. Refer to OEM procedures.
13. Install the turbocharger inlet pipe and hose, and air cleaner. Refer to OEM procedures.
14. Prime lubrication system. Refer to section "Priming the Engine Lubrication System".

All information subject to change without notice. 33


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
4 Camshaft Housing

4 Camshaft Housing

4.1 Description and Operation of the Camshaft Housing


The camshaft housing houses the camshafts and valve train. It has internal oil passages to supply oil from the block to the
camshaft and rocker bearings along with pressurized oil to the engine brake rockers via the engine brake solenoids through
the exhaust shaft. The camshaft housing is made of aluminum material.

4.2 Removal of the Camshaft Housing


Remove as follows:
1. Steam clean the engine.
2. Remove the rocker shaft/engine brake and camshaft assemblies. Refer to section "Removal of Camshaft and Rocker
Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly".

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To prevent the escape of high pressure fuel that can penetrate skin, ensure the engine has been
shut down for a minimum of 10 minutes before servicing any component within the high pressure
circuit. Residual high fuel pressure may be present within the circuit.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


All parts provided within this kit must be installed in the proper locations, and MUST be fastened to
the specified torque. Failure to properly torque hardware/components will result in failure of a high
pressure fuel feed line, resulting in possible fire and/or personal injury.

NOTICE: The high pressure fuel rail feed lines, P-clips, vibration dampers, mounting bracket and hardware are
one-time use components and MUST be replaced any time they are loosened or removed.

NOTICE: Engine size/model year specific service kits, containing all of the necessary parts to replace the high
pressure fuel rail feed lines have been released. Refer to TS letter 12 TS-9 for the high pressure fuel line kit
numbers to repair these engines.

3. Remove and discard the high pressure fuel rail feed lines (2).
For the three-filter fuel system, Refer to section "Removal of the High Pressure Fuel Rail Feed Lines - Three-Filter
System".
For the two-filter fuel system, Refer to section "Removal of the High Pressure Fuel Rail Feed Lines - Two-Filter
System".
4. Remove the high pressure fuel injector lines (3).
For the three-filter fuel system, Refer to section "Removal of the High Pressure Fuel Injector Lines - Three-Filter
System".
For the two-filter fuel system, Refer to section "Removal of the High Pressure Fuel Injector Lines - Two-Filter
System".
5. Remove the PLV banjo bolt (4) from the fuel rail. Discard the PLV banjo bolt sealing washers.
a. Three-filter fuel system shown below.

34 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

b. Two-filter KM63 GEN2 fuel system shown below, two-filter KM59 GEN1 fuel system similar.

6. Disconnect the fuel rail pressure sensor (1) and intake manifold temperature sensor (2).

All information subject to change without notice. 35


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
4 Camshaft Housing

7. Disconnect the camshaft position sensor (1) from the camshaft housing (2).

8. Unclip all of the electrical wiring harness attaching points from the camshaft housing.
9. Remove the bolt and the P-clip (2) securing the doser coolant line (1) to the camshaft housing (3).

36 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

10. Remove the remaining two bolts (29 and 30) securing the camshaft housing to the cylinder head.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury when removing or installing a heavy engine component, ensure the component is
properly supported and securely attached to an adequate lifting device to prevent the component
from falling.

11. Attach a lifting device to the camshaft housing and lift the camshaft housing off of the cylinder head.

4.3 Inspection of the Camshaft Housing


Inspect the camshaft housing as follows:
1. Inspect the camshaft journals for scoring or scratches. If scoring covers over 60% of a single journal surface, replace
the camshaft housing. Refer to the table below.

All information subject to change without notice. 37


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
4 Camshaft Housing

Table 5.
Examples of Camshaft Housing Journal Wear

Single Score Mark-Normal 40% Score Marks-Normal

60% Score Marks-Abnormal

2. Inspect the camshaft caps for cracks; replace the camshaft housing if damaged.
3. Inspect the camshaft housing for cracks and damage to the bolt hole threads in the housing; replace if damaged.
4. Inspect the camshaft housing sealing surfaces for damage. Inspect the following sealing surfaces for damage:
a. The camshaft housing to rocker cover.
b. The camshaft housing to cylinder head.
c. The O-ring seal on the injector harness.
d. The O-ring seal on the engine brake solenoids.

4.4 Installation of the Camshaft Housing


Install as follows:
1. Install a new seal into the camshaft housing.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury when removing or installing a heavy engine component, ensure the component is
properly supported and securely attached to an adequate lifting device to prevent the component
from falling.

2. Using an appropriate lifting device, install camshaft housing onto the cylinder head.
3. Install the bolt (2) and the P-clip securing the doser coolant line (1) to the camshaft housing (3). Torque 30 N·m (22
lb·ft).

38 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

4. Clip all of the electrical wiring harness attaching points on to the camshaft housing.
5. Connect the camshaft position sensor (1) on to the camshaft housing (2).

6. Connect the fuel rail pressure sensor (1) and intake manifold temperature sensor (2).

All information subject to change without notice. 39


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
4 Camshaft Housing

7. Install the PLV banjo bolt (4) with new sealing washers. Torque to 30 to 32 N·m (22 to 24 lb·ft).
8. Install the high pressure fuel injector lines (3).
For the three-filter fuel system, Refer to section "Installation of the High Pressure Fuel Injector Lines - Three-Filter
System".
For the two-filter fuel system, Refer to section "Installation of the High Pressure Fuel Injector Lines - Two-Filter
System".

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


All hardware/components must be installed in the proper locations, and MUST be fastened to the
specified torque. Failure to properly torque hardware/components will result in failure of a high
pressure fuel feed line, resulting in possible fire and/or personal injury.

NOTICE: The high pressure fuel rail feed lines, P-clips, vibration dampers, mounting bracket and hardware are
one-time use components and MUST be replaced any time they are loosened or removed.

NOTICE: Engine size/model year specific service kits, containing all of the necessary parts to replace the high
pressure fuel rail feed lines have been released. Refer to TS letter 12 TS-9 for the high pressure fuel line kit
numbers to repair these engines.

9. Install the high pressure fuel rail feed lines (2).


For the DD13 three-filter fuel system, Refer to section "Installation of the DD13 High Pressure Fuel Rail Feed Lines -
Three-Filter System".
For the DD13 two-filter fuel system, Refer to section "Installation of the High Pressure Fuel Rail Feed Lines - Two-
Filter System".
For the DD15/16 three-filter fuel system, Refer to section "Installation of the DD15 and DD16 High Pressure Fuel Rail
Feed Lines - Three-Filter System".
For the DD15/16 two-filter fuel system, Refer to section "Installation of the High Pressure Fuel Rail Feed Lines - Two-
Filter System".
a. Three-filter fuel system shown below.

40 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

b. Two-filter KM63 GEN2 fuel system shown below; two-filter KM59 GEN1 fuel system is similar

10. Install the rocker shaft/engine brake and camshaft assemblies. Refer to section "Installation of the Camshaft and Rocker
Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly".
11. Prime the fuel system.
For the three-filter fuel system, Refer to section "Priming the Fuel System Using ESOC 350 Fuel Priming Pump -
Three-Filter System".
For the two-filter fuel system, Refer to section "Priming the Fuel System Using ESOC 350 Fuel Priming Pump - Two-
Filter System".

All information subject to change without notice. 41


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
5 Camshaft Timing

5 Camshaft Timing

5.1 Camshaft Timing Verification


Verify the camshaft timing as follows:

Table 6.
Service Tools Used in the Procedure
Tool Number Tool Name Engine
J-46392 or W904589046300 Engine Barring Tool DD Platform
W470589001500 Top Dead Center Locating Pin DD Platform
W470589034000 Camshaft Timing Tool EPA07 DD13*
W470589114000 Camshaft Timing Tool All Years DD13
W470589054000 Camshaft Timing Tool EPA07 DD15
W470589104000 Camshaft Timing Tool All Years DD15 & DD16
* Can be used on EPA10 with modification (refer to tool letter 10 TL-9)

1. Remove the rocker cover. Refer to section "Removal of the Rocker Cover"
2. Bar the engine to Top Dead Center (TDC) with engine barring tool (J-46392 or W904589046300) on cylinder No.1
with the No. 6 valve in overlap. The dot (2) that is located inside the flywheel tone ring is aligned with the edge of the
pointer (1).

3. Locate the mark on the camshaft and mark the top of the corresponding gear tooth with a light colored paint pen.
4. Remove the Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor from the flywheel housing. Refer to section "Removal of the Crankshaft
Position Sensor".
5. Install the flywheel TDC locating pin (W470589001500), through the crankshaft position sensor hole in the flywheel
housing and engage into the flywheel notch.

42 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

6. Install the rear camshaft timing tool (1) onto the camshaft housing.

7. Install the front camshaft timing tool (1) into the grooves cut into the cams and hold it onto the camshaft housing with a
bolt.

All information subject to change without notice. 43


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
5 Camshaft Timing

8. Verify that the marks on the gear teeth match the marks on the timing tool. If the marks do not match, research the root
cause of incorrect camshaft timing.

5.2 Timing the Camshafts with the Gear Train Installed


Time as follows:

Table 7.
Service Tools Used in the Procedure
Tool Number Tool Name Engine
W470589001500 Top Dead Center Locating Pin DD Platform
W470589034000 Camshaft Timing Tool EPA07 DD13*
W470589114000 Camshaft Timing Tool All Years DD13
W470589054000 Camshaft Timing Tool EPA07 DD15
W470589104000 DD15 Camshaft Timing Tool All Years DD15/16
*Can be used on EPA10 with modification (refer to tool letter 10 TL-9)

1. Bar the crankshaft over to Top Dead Center (TDC) cylinder no. 1 and lock with TDC locking pin through the
crankshaft position sensor hole.
2. Install the rear camshaft timing tool (1) onto the rear of the camshaft housing.

44 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

3. Locate the mark on the camshafts and mark the top of the corresponding gear tooth with a light colored paint pin.
4. Lubricate the camshafts and camshaft housing journals with clean engine oil.

NOTE: The intake camshaft has the tone wheel and must be installed on the intake side of the engine.

5. Install the camshafts into the camshaft housing in their respective locations lining up the marked cam gear teeth with
the mark on the timing plate.
6. Install the front camshaft timing tool (1) into the grooves cut into the camshafts to verify correct cam timing. Any
resistance felt while installing or removing could indicate the camshafts being out of time. Install a bolt into the tool to
hold it into place.

All information subject to change without notice. 45


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
6 Gear Train and Engine Timing

6 Gear Train and Engine Timing

6.1 Description and Operation of Gear Train and Related Parts


The gear train is located at the rear of the engine. The gear train consists of intake and exhaust camshaft gears, idler gears No.
1, 2, 3, 4, and 5, crankshaft gear, oil pump gear, fuel pump gear, air compressor gear, and Axial Power Turbine (APT) gear.

1. Idler Gear No. 1 9. Crankshaft Gear


2. Idler Gear No. 2 10. Oil Pump Gear
3. Idler Gear No. 3 11. Camshaft Gear Exhaust
4. Idler Gear No. 4 12. Camshaft Gear Intake
5. Idler Gear No. 5 13. A. Level A
6. Air Compressor Gear 14. B. Level B
7. High Pressure Fuel Pump Gear 15. C. Level C
8. Axial Power Turbine Gear 16. X. To Front of Engine
Figure 5. EPA07/EPA10/GHG14 Turbo Compound (TC) DD15 and DD16 Engine Gear Train

46 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

1. Idler Gear No. 1 8. Oil Pump Gear


2. Idler Gear No. 2 9. Camshaft Gear Exhaust
3. Idler Gear No. 3 10. Camshaft Gear Intake
4. Idler Gear No. 5 11. A. Level A
5. Air Compressor Gear 12. B. Level B
6. High Pressure Fuel Pump Gear 13. C. Level C
7. Crankshaft Gear
Figure 6. GHG14 DD15 Asymmetrical Turbo (AT) Engine Gear Train
The gear train on the DD Platform engines is located at the rear of the engine and has three levels. Level A consists of the
outermost gears (closest to the flywheel), Level B consists of the middle gears, and Level C consists of the innermost gears
(closest to the block). The gears in the gear train are both directly and indirectly driven by the crankshaft gear.

NOTE: On the DD13 and DD15 (AT) engines, there is no Axial Power Turbine (APT) and no Idler gear No. 4. The
position of the idler gear No. 4 is covered by a plate, and sealed with an O-ring.

• Level A: The outermost gears include the crankshaft gear which drives the outer idler gear No. 1 and the oil pump gear.
Idler gear No. 4 (if applicable) is on the crankshaft gear and the Axial Power Turbine (APT) drives the idler gear No. 4
when the APT is creating power. The APT can add additional torque to the crankshaft through idler gear No. 4 up to
260 N·m (192 lb·ft). These gears are all helical-cut.
• Level B: The middle gears include idler gear No. 1, which drives the air compressor gear and the idler gear No. 2. Idler
gear No. 2 drives the high pressure fuel pump and idler gear No. 3. These gears are all straight-cut.
• Level C: The innermost gears include inner idler gear No. 3 which drives idler gear No. 5. Idler gear No. 5 drives both
intake and exhaust camshafts. These gears are all straight-cut.
Gear train noise is an indication of excessive gear lash, chipped or burred gear teeth. A rattling noise usually indicates
excessive gear lash. A whining noise indicates too little gear lash. Therefore, when noise develops in a gear train, the gear
train needs to be inspected.

All information subject to change without notice. 47


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
6 Gear Train and Engine Timing

Table 8.
Multiply Crankshaft Speed by Effective Ratio to Attain Individual Component Speed
Component Effective Ratio Speed
Crankshaft RPM
Camshafts 0.50 RPM
Idler #1 0.79 RPM
Idler #2 0.86 RPM
Idler #3 0.75 RPM
(TC) DD15 & DD16 Idler #4 1.33 RPM
Idler #5 0.45 RPM
Water Pump 2.22 RPM
Air Compressor 1.41 RPM
Fuel Pump 1.50 RPM
Oil Pump 1.33 RPM
(TC) DD15 & DD16 Axial Power Turbine
4.00 RPM
Gearbox Drive
(TC) DD15 & DD16 Axial Power Turbine
26.64 RPM
Shaft

The power steering pump can be mounted in two places. If the engine is equipped with a single-cylinder air compressor, it
will be mounted to the front of the air compressor. If the engine is equipped with a dual-cylinder air compressor, then the
power steering pump will be mounted on the back of the gear case to the fuel pump.

6.2 Installation and Timing of Engine Gear Train

Table 9.
Service Tools Used in the Procedure
Tool Number Tool Name Engine
J-46392 or W904589046300 Engine Barring Tool DD Platform
J-48630 Crankshaft Top Dead Center Locating Tool DD Platform
J-47486 Shoulder Bolt DD Platform
J-47487 Cantilever For Idler #3 Tool DD Platform
W470589001500 Top Dead Center Locating Pin DD Platform
W470589034000 Camshaft Timing Tool EPA07 DD13*
W470589114000 Camshaft Timing Tool EPA07/EPA10 DD13
W470589054000 Camshaft Timing Tool EPA07 DD15
W470589104000 DD15 Camshaft Timing Tool EPA07/EPA10 DD15 / DD16
* Can be used on EPA10 with modification (refer to tool letter 10 TL-9)

Install and time the gear train as follows:

NOTE: Coat the inside of the gears, bushings and gear train with clean oil before installation.

1. Install the crankshaft gear on the crankshaft.


2. Rotate the crankshaft to Top Dead Center (TDC) on cylinder number one. Install and lock crankshaft TDC locating tool
into place with bolt.

48 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

3. Install spindle into idler gear No. 5.


4. Install idler gear No. 5 onto the cylinder head using shoulder bolt.
5. Install two bolts into idler gear No. 5 and hand tighten. Remove the shoulder bolt. Torque to 60-65 N·m (44-48 lb·ft).
6. Install the spindle into idler gear No. 3.
7. Install the cantilever tool (J-47487) onto idler gear No. 3.

8. Install two bolts into the spindle and idler gear No. 3; snug the bolts.
9. Remove the cantilever tool (J-47487) from idler gear No. 3.

NOTE: When idler gear No. 3 and cantilever for idler No. 3 tool are installed to the gear case, cantilever for idler
No. 3 tool should come off of the gear with ease. If the timing tool is not easily removed, that is an indication that
the gears are not timed.

10. Check the gear lash between idler gear No. 3 and idler gear No. 5.
11. Install a dial indicator onto gear case and position the stem to rest between the teeth on large gear of idler gear No. 3;
zero out the dial indicator.
12. Hold idler gear No. 5 with a screwdriver to check gear lash.
13. The lash reading on the dial indicator should be 0.079 - 0.305 mm (0.003-0.012 in.).
14. When correct gear lash is established, torque idler gear No. 3 to 60–65 N·m (44-48 lb·ft).

All information subject to change without notice. 49


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
6 Gear Train and Engine Timing

15. Install the cantilever tool (J-47487) onto idler gear No. 3.
16. Install the spindle and gear plate onto the idler gear No. 2.
17. Install the spindle, idler gear No. 2, and the gear plate onto the cylinder block. Torque to 100 N·m (73 lb·ft).
18. Remove the air compressor to the cylinder block (if installed). Refer to section "Removal of the Air Compressor".
19. Install the thrust washers and spindle onto the idler gear No. 1.

NOTE: For ease of installation on idler gear No. 1, roll the gear into idler gear No. 2.

20. Install the spindle, thrust washers, idler gear No. 1, and gear plate onto the cylinder block by engaging the teeth of idler
gear No. 1 into the crankshaft gear teeth first, then roll upward into idler gear No. 2. Torque to 100 N·m (73 lb·ft).
21. Install the air compressor. Refer to section "Installation of the Air Compressor".

NOTE: When installing idler gear No. 4, verify that the part number on the gear is facing the block.

22. On the DD15 and DD16, with the cone of the idler gear No. 4 facing outward, install the thrust washer onto the spindle
then install the spindle onto the idler gear No. 4.
23. On the DD15 and DD16, install the assembled thrust washer, spindle and idler gear No. 4 onto the cylinder block.
Torque to 100 N·m (73 lb·ft).

NOTE: Tool J-47487 should remove with ease. If not, check gears for proper installation.

24. Remove the cantilever tool (J-47487) for idler No. 3.


25. For all DD Platform engines, ensure that idler gear No. 1 is flush with the rear side of the crankshaft gear. For DD15
and DD16, ensure that idler gear No. 4 is flush with the front side of the crankshaft gear.
26. Install the camshaft housing. Refer to section "Installation of the Camshaft Housing".
27. Lubricate the camshaft journals and then install the camshafts into the camshaft housing.
28. Mark each camshaft TDC indicator triangle, located on the inside of the camshaft gear, with a suitable marker.
29. Install the camshaft timing tool (1) into the holes at the rear of the camshaft housing and secure to the camshaft housing
with two bolts.

30. Install both of the intake and exhaust camshafts into the camshaft housing. Refer to section "Installation of the
Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine Brake Assembly".
31. Rotate the camshafts until the mark on the inside of the gear aligns with the mark on camshaft timing tool.

50 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

32. Install the camshaft timing tool (1) into the holes at the slot in the front of the camshaft housing and secure to the
camshaft housing with one bolt.

33. Ensure the timing marks on the camshaft gears are at TDC and aligned to the marks on the tool.

All information subject to change without notice. 51


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
6 Gear Train and Engine Timing

34. Install the seven camshaft caps onto intake and exhaust camshafts.

NOTE: The first and seventh camshaft caps hold the engine brake solenoids to camshaft cap.

35. Prior to engine brake solenoid installation, replace the O-rings on the engine brake solenoids.

NOTE: There are 30 bolts retaining the camshaft assemblies: 14 120 mm (M10) bolts, seven 108 mm (M10) bolts
and nine 63 mm (M8) bolts.

36. Install the 30 bolts to camshaft caps; finger-tighten the bolts. Refer to the figure for proper bolt placement.

37. Using torque sequence shown below, torque the 120 mm and 108 mm (M10) camshaft cap bolts to the following:

52 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

a. Torque to 20 N·m (15 lb·ft).


b. Then torque to 50-55 N·m (37-40 lb·ft).
38. Using the torque sequence, torque the nine 63 mm (M8) bolts to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).

39. Verify correct camshaft timing by checking that the marks on the camshaft gears still align with the timing tool.

All information subject to change without notice. 53


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
6 Gear Train and Engine Timing

40. Remove the timing tools from the idler gears and the camshaft housing.

6.3 Checking and Adjusting Gear Lash with Camshaft Housing Removed
This is performed with camshaft housing removed. Check and adjust as follows:
1. Remove the camshaft housing if not already removed. Refer to section "Removal of the Camshaft Housing"
2. Install a magnetic base-dial indicator gauge on engine block.
3. Set the dial indicator on the idler gear No. 5 gear tooth.

4. Turn idler gear No. 5 counterclockwise (viewed from front of engine) until "0" lash is present, then zero the gauge on
the dial indicator.
5. Check the gear lash by turning the idler gear No. 5 stop-to-stop, verify that the lash reading on the dial indicator is
0.043 - 0.165 mm (0.0016 - 0.0065 in.).
6. If the gear lash is incorrect, continue with the following steps to adjust.
7. Remove the access cover to the idler gear No. 3 bolts.
8. Loosen the two No. 3 idler gear bolts and then snug by hand.

54 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

NOTE: Rotating idler gear No. 5 counterclockwise (viewed from front of engine) will result in zero lash. Rotating
idler gear No. 5 clockwise (viewed from front of engine) will result in maximum lash.

9. Turning idler gear No. 5 by hand will change gear lash from zero lash to maximum lash.

10. Install a magnetic base-dial indicator gauge on engine block.

11. Set the dial indicator on the No. 5 idler gear tooth.
12. Turn idler gear No. 5 counterclockwise (viewed from front of engine) until "0" lash is present, then zero the gauge on
the dial indicator.
13. Push idler gear No. 5 clockwise (viewed from front of engine) till desired gear lash is present.
14. Tighten the two bolts on the No. 3 gear.
15. Check gear lash by turning idler gear No. 5 stop-to-stop; verify the lash reading on the dial indicator should be 0.043 -
0.165 mm (0.0016 - 0.0065 in.).
16. If gear lash is OK, then final torque idler gear No. 3 bolts to 60–65 N·m (44-48 lb·ft).
17. Install the access cover and tighten.
18. Install the camshaft housing as needed. Refer to section "Installation of the Camshaft Housing"

All information subject to change without notice. 55


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
7 Coolant Crossover Pipe

7 Coolant Crossover Pipe

7.1 Description and Operation of the Coolant Crossover Pipe


The coolant crossover pipe is located on the front of the engine above the exhaust gas crossover pipe. It provides coolant
from the oil coolant module to the water manifold.

1. Coolant Crossover Pipe


Figure 7. Coolant Crossover Pipe

7.2 Removal of the Coolant Crossover Pipe


Remove as follows:
1. Drain the cooling system. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure"
2. If the front air filter bracket restricts access to the coolant crossover pipe, remove the bracket. Refer to section
"Removal of the Rocker Cover"
3. Remove the bolts (3) connecting the support bracket (4) from the coolant crossover pipe to the water manifold.

56 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

4. Remove the bolts (2) connecting the coolant crossover pipe to the exhaust crossover tube.
5. Loosen the clamps (1) above the oil coolant module.
6. Carefully remove the coolant crossover pipe from the oil coolant module, then slide the coolant crossover pipe off the
connector tube (5).

7.3 Installation of the Coolant Crossover Pipe


Install as follows:
1. Carefully install the coolant crossover pipe onto the connector tube (5), then slide the coolant crossover pipe onto the
oil coolant module.

All information subject to change without notice. 57


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
7 Coolant Crossover Pipe

2. Install the bolts (3) connecting the support bracket (4) from the coolant crossover pipe to the water manifold. Torque
bolts to 30 N•m (22 lb•ft).
3. Install the bolts (2) connecting the coolant crossover pipe to the exhaust crossover tube. Torque bolts to 30 N•m (22
lb•ft).
4. Install the clamps (1) above the oil coolant module . Torque clamps to 3.5 N•m (31 lb•in.).
5. Install the front air filter bracket if removed. Refer to section "Installation of the Rocker Cover"
6. Fill the cooling system. Refer to section "Cooling System Fill Procedure"

58 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

8 DD15 and DD16 Water Manifold Assembly

8.1 Description and Operation of DD15 and DD16 Water Manifold and Related
Components
Coolant flows from the cylinder head through an opening next to each exhaust port and into the water manifold in the DD15
and DD16 engines. The water manifold is attached to the cylinder head by a total of nineteen bolts, including two that are
shared with the coolant outlet elbow. Two 3-port gaskets are used between the water manifold and the cylinder head.

1. Connecting Pipe 7. Bolt


2. Water Manifold 8. Plug
3. Bolt 9. Bolt
4. Bolt 10. Bolt
5. Coolant Outlet Elbow 11. Three-port Gasket (2 qty.)
6. Coolant Outlet Elbow Gasket
Figure 8. DD15 and DD16 Water Manifold and Related Parts

All information subject to change without notice. 59


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
8 DD15 and DD16 Water Manifold Assembly

1. Bolt M8 x 40 (6 qty.) 5. Connecting Pipe


2. Bolt M8 x 80 (5 qty.) 6. Water Manifold
3. Bolt M8 x 100 (6 qty.) 7. Three-port Gasket (2 qty.)
4. Cylinder Head
Figure 9. DD15 and DD16 Water Manifold and Related Parts

8.2 Removal of the DD15 and DD16 Water Manifold


Remove as follows:
1. Disconnect the batteries.
2. Drain the engine coolant. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".
3. Remove the air filter. Refer to OEM procedures.
4. Remove the exhaust manifold heat shields.
5. Remove the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) hot pipe. Refer to section "Removal of the Exhaust Gas Recirculation
Hot Pipe".

NOTE: When removing the HC doser coolant lines, hold the water manifold HC doser coolant line fitting with a
separate wrench.

6. Disconnect and remove the HC doser coolant lines and then remove the retaining clips.
7. Disconnect EGR cooler vent line.
8. Disconnect the outlet coolant temperature sensor electrical harness connector.
9. Remove the EGR actuator coolant outlet line.
10. Remove the upper radiator hose.
11. Remove the four coolant outlet elbow bolts (1, 5) and then remove the coolant outlet elbow (2) (#6 shown with heater
ports). Remove and discard the gasket (4).

60 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

12. Remove the EGR cooler. Refer to section "Removal of the DD15 and DD16 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler"

NOTE: Note bolt length differences for installation.

13. Remove the eleven upper water manifold bolts.


14. Loosen the six lower water manifold bolts.
15. Remove the two bolts (1) from the retaining strap (2) for the water manifold (3) outlet to the coolant delivery pipe (5).
Remove the connector tube (4).

16. Remove the water manifold.


17. Remove and discard the water manifold three-port gaskets.

8.3 Cleaning and Inspection of the DD15 and DD16 Water Manifold
Clean and inspect as follows:
1. Clean the water manifold.
2. Inspect the water manifold for damage or cracks; replace if necessary.

All information subject to change without notice. 61


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
8 DD15 and DD16 Water Manifold Assembly

3. Replace the gaskets.

8.4 Installation of the DD15 and DD16 Water Manifold


Install as follows:

NOTICE: When installing the connecting pipe, ensure that the connecting pipe is lubricated with clean engine oil.
If it is not lubricated, the connecting pipe cannot be fully installed and the rubber can tear.

NOTICE: Do not use sealant when installing water manifold to the cylinder head.

1. Install the water manifold gaskets and the connecting pipe onto the water manifold.
2. Install the six lower water manifold bolts and start by a few threads.
3. Install the water manifold onto cylinder head.
4. Install the eleven upper water manifold bolts.
5. Torque the water manifolds bolts to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft), using the torque sequence illustrated below.

6. Install EGR cooler to water manifold and torque to 20 N·m (15 lb·ft).
7. Install coolant outlet elbow (2) with four bolts (1, 5) and gasket (4) and torque to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).

62 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

8. Install upper radiator hose.


9. Install EGR actuator coolant outlet line. Torque outlet line to 35 N·m (26 lb·ft).
10. Connect the outlet coolant temperature sensor.
11. Connect the EGR cooler vent line.
12. Install the doser injection valve coolant return line to the EGR cooler water manifold assembly.
a. For the 5mm long thread fitting, torque to 15 N•m (11 lb•ft).
b. For the 15mm long thread fitting, torque to 22 N•m (16 lb•ft).
13. Install the doser injection valve coolant supply line to the EGR cooler water manifold assembly.
a. For the 5mm long thread fitting, torque to 15 N•m (11 lb•ft).
b. For the 15mm long thread fitting, torque to 22 N•m (16 lb•ft).
14. Install the EGR hot pipe. Refer to section "Installation of the Exhaust Gas Recirculation Hot Pipe".
15. Install the exhaust manifold heat shields.
16. Install the air filter. Refer to OEM procedures.
17. Fill engine with coolant to the correct level.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury before starting and running the engine, ensure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface, parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked.

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST


To avoid injury from inhaling engine exhaust, always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area.
Engine exhaust is toxic.

18. Start the engine and check for leaks.

All information subject to change without notice. 63


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
9 DD13 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler - Water Manifold Assembly

9 DD13 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler - Water Manifold Assembly

9.1 Description and Operation of DD13 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Water
Manifold Assembly
The primary purpose of the EGR cooler is to cool the engine exhaust gases prior to entering the intake manifold. Exhaust gas
cooling is accomplished by the flow of exhaust gases through the EGR cooler tubes. The EGR cooler core then transfers the
heat removed from the exhaust gases to the engine coolant. The cooled exhaust gases are then mixed with incoming air from
the Charge Air Cooler (CAC) before being sent to the intake manifold.

1. Clamp 15. Gasket


2. Hose 16. EGR Cooler Water Manifold Assembly
3. Coolant Delivery Pipe 17. Clamps
4. Bolt 18. Hot Pipe
5. Support 19. EGR Crossover Tube
6. Connecting Tube 20. Gasket
7. Connecting Tube 21. Bolt
8. Gasket 22. Venturi
9. Seal Ring 23. Mixer Pipe
10. Banjo Union 24. O-ring
11. Banjo Bolt 25. Bolt
12. Bolt 26. Bolt
13. Bolt 27. Front Engine Lifter Bracket
14. Outlet Nipple
Figure 10. DD13 EGR Cooler Water Manifold Assembly and Related Parts

9.2 Removal of the DD13 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Water Manifold Assembly
Remove as follows:

64 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury from hot surfaces, wear protective gloves, or allow engine to cool before removing
any component.

1. Shut off the engine, apply the parking brake, chock the wheels, and perform any other applicable safety steps.
2. Steam clean the engine.
3. Drain the engine coolant. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".
4. Remove the front air cleaner mounting bracket from the valve cover.

NOTE: Note the orientation of clamps before removal.

5. Remove the two clamps from the hot pipe. Refer to section "Removal of the Exhaust Gas Recirculation Hot Pipe".
6. Remove the hot pipe from the EGR cooler water manifold assembly and from the EGR valve and discard spherical
clamps.
7. Remove the radiator support mount.
8. Remove the two clamps from the hose connecting the coolant delivery pipe to the oil coolant module.
9. Remove the retaining strap and the two bolts from the coolant delivery pipe, then remove the coolant delivery pipe
from the engine.
10. Remove the hose clamps from the rubber connector connecting the mixer pipe to the venturi pipe.
11. Remove the mixer pipe from the cold boost pipe by removing the three bolts and one bracket bolt.
12. Disconnect the coolant outlet temperature sensor connector from the electrical wiring harness.
13. Unclip the electrical harness from the lifting eye and disconnect the Delta P harness connector.
14. Remove the EGR crossover tube and the venturi by removing the six bolts. Remove them from the engine.
15. While holding the coolant line adapter fitting with a wrench and removing the coolant line nut with a separate wrench,
remove the EGR actuator and the doser injector housing coolant lines from the EGR cooler water manifold assembly
and the doser injector housing.
16. Remove the clamps and bolts attaching the coolant feed line to the engine and remove coolant feed line.
17. Remove the front and rear exhaust manifold heat shields.
18. Remove the coolant deaeration line from the EGR cooler water manifold assembly.
19. Remove the EGR cooler water manifold assembly by removing the nineteen bolts attaching it to the cylinder head.
20. Remove and discard the gaskets.

9.3 Inspection of the DD13 EGR Cooler Water Manifold Assembly


Inspection as follows:
1. Inspect the EGR cooler water manifold assembly for damage; replace if necessary.
2. Inspect the EGR cooler water manifold assembly connecting tubes; replace if necessary.

9.4 Testing and Inspection of the DD13 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Water
Manifold Assembly
Test as follows:

NOTE: Before performing this procedure, turn off the engine and allow it to cool, coolant should be above 60°C
(140°F).

1. Remove the Marmon clamps from the hot pipe and remove the pipe. Refer to section "Removal of the Exhaust Gas
Recirculation Hot Pipe"
2. Remove Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) mixer pipe. Refer to section "Removal of the Mixer Pipe"
3. Disconnect Delta P sensor electrical harness connector.
4. Disconnect coolant inlet temperature sensor electrical harness connector.
5. Remove the venturi pipe. Refer to section "Removal of the Exhaust Gas Recirculation Venturi"

All information subject to change without notice. 65


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
9 DD13 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler - Water Manifold Assembly

6. Unbolt and move the exhaust gas crossover tube/lifting the eye to the side, away from the EGR cooler. Refer to section
"Removal of the Exhaust Gas Recirculation Crossover Tube"
7. Install special tools W470589019100 and W470589003700 onto the EGR cooler.

a. Install the hot pipe cap (2) with the supplied Marmon clamp (3) on to the hot pipe end.
b. Install the cold pipe plug (1) into the cold pipe end and retain it with the supplied clamshell and clamp (4).
8. Use regulator from kit J–41473 and apply 30 psi air pressure to the cooler. Close the valve and disconnect the air
supply.
9. Wait for 30 minutes and record the air gauge reading. There should be no drop in pressure.
a. There should be bubbles in the surge tank if the cooler is leaking internally.
b. If there is a pressure drop and there are no bubbles, use a soap and water solution to make sure that there are no
leaks externally from the test kit.
10. Is the cooler leaking internally?
a. If yes, replace the EGR cooler water manifold assembly . Refer to section "Removal of the DD13 Exhaust Gas
Recirculation Cooler Water Manifold Assembly"
b. If no, troubleshoot for other internal coolant system leaks. Check for coolant out exhaust from an exhaust port
and check for internal engine damage.

9.5 Installation of the DD13 EGR Cooler Water Manifold Assembly


Install as follows:

NOTICE: Ensure the connecting tubes are lubricated with clean oil; if they are not lubricated, the tubes cannot be
fully installed or the rubber can be cut.

1. Install two new EGR cooler water manifold assembly gaskets.


2. Install the EGR cooler water manifold assembly onto the cylinder head.
3. Install and hand tighten the 17 bolts into the EGR cooler water manifold assembly. Torque the bolts to 30 N·m (22
lb·ft) in the sequence shown.

66 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

4. Install the following:


a. EGR crossover tube. Refer to section "Installation of the Exhaust Gas Recirculation Crossover Tube".
b. EGR venturi. Refer to section "Installation of the Exhaust Gas Recirculation Venturi".
c. Mixer pipe. Refer to section "Installation of the Mixer Pipe".
5. Install the coolant delivery pipe between the EGR cooler water manifold assembly and the oil coolant module; install
two clamps onto the hose connecting the delivery pipe to the module. Torque to 3.0 to 3.5 N•m (26 to 26.5 lb•in.).
6. Install the retaining plate with two bolts to connect the coolant delivery pipe to the EGR cooler water manifold
assembly. Torque bolts to 20 N·m (15 lb·in.).
7. Install the front and rear exhaust manifold heat shields.
8. Install the hot pipe onto the EGR cooler water manifold assembly and the EGR valve with two new spherical clamps
and tighten clamp bolts to 12 N·m (9 lb·ft). Refer to section "Installation of the Exhaust Gas Recirculation Hot Pipe".
9. After installing the hot pipe from EGR cooler water manifold assembly to exhaust manifold, sweep the EGR actuator
by hand to verify it does not make contact with the clamps. If contact is made, rotate the clamps as needed to gain
clearance.
10. Install the doser injection valve coolant return line to the EGR cooler water manifold assembly.
a. For the 5mm long thread fitting, torque to 15 N•m (11 lb•ft).
b. For the 15mm long thread fitting, torque to 22 N•m (16 lb•ft).
11. Install the doser injection valve coolant supply line to the EGR cooler water manifold assembly.
a. For the 5mm long thread fitting, torque to 15 N•m (11 lb•ft).
b. For the 15mm long thread fitting, torque to 22 N•m (16 lb•ft).
12. Install the coolant outlet return to the EGR cooler water manifold assembly and to the EGR valve actuator.
13. Install the coolant deaeration line to the EGR cooler water manifold assembly.
14. Connect the electrical wiring harness coolant outlet temperature sensor connector.
15. Install the radiator support mount.
16. Fill the engine with coolant.

All information subject to change without notice. 67


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
10 Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe)

10 Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe)

10.1 Description and Operation of Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe) and Related
Components
The cold boost pipe (Charge Air Pipe) is installed onto the intake manifold and is a component of the Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR) System.

1. Bolt 8. Cold Boost Pipe


2. Bracket 9. Spacer
3. Bolt 10. Isolators
4. Adaptor 11. Washer
5. Gasket 12. Bracket to Oil Coolant Module
6. Intake Throttle Valve 13. Bolt
7. Gasket 14. Bolt
Figure 11. Cold Boost Pipe and Related Parts

10.2 Removal of the Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe)


Remove as follows:
1. Remove the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) mixer pipe. Refer to section "Removal of the Mixer Pipe"
2. Disconnect the sensor electrical harness connector.
3. Remove the Charge Air Cooler (CAC) hose clamp at the throttle adaptor inlet.
4. Remove the four bolts securing the cold boost pipe to the intake manifold.
5. Remove two bolts at cold boost pipe bracket on oil module.
6. Remove the cold boost pipe.

68 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

7. If the intake throttle valve is required to be removed from the cold boost pipe, refer to Section "Removal of Intake
Throttle Valve and Adaptor."

10.3 Inspection of Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe)


Inspect as follows:

NOTICE: If the cold boost pipe is damaged on the interior the pipe needs to be replaced.

1. Inspect the cold boost pipe for cracks, flange damage, blockage and leaks; replace if necessary.

10.4 Installation of the Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe)


Install as follows:
1. Install a new seal onto the intake manifold.
2. Loosely secure cold boost pipe to intake manifold with four bolts.
3. Attach the support bracket to the oil module with two bolts. Torque bolts to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).
4. Torque the cold boost pipe to the intake manifold. Torque bolts to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).
5. Install Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) mixer pipe. Torque bolts to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft). Refer to section "Installation of
the Mixer Pipe"
6. If the intake throttle valve was removed, Refer to section "Installation of the Intake Throttle Valve and Adaptor".
7. Connect the sensor electrical harness connector.

All information subject to change without notice. 69


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
11 Composite Cold Boost Pipe

11 Composite Cold Boost Pipe

11.1 Description and Operation of the Composite Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe)
and Related Components
The composite cold boost pipe (Charge Air Pipe) is installed onto the intake manifold and is a component of the Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR) system.

1. Bolt 9. Bolt
2. Bracket 10. Protective Cover
3. Bolt 11. Isolators
4. Adapter 12. Bracket to Oil Coolant Module
5. Gasket 13. Washer
6. Intake Throttle Valve 14. Bolt
7. Gasket 15. Bolt
8. Composite Cold Boost Pipe
Figure 12. Composite Cold Boost Pipe

11.2 Inspection of Composite Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe)


Inspect as follows:

NOTICE: If the cold boost pipe is damaged on the interior, the pipe needs to be replaced.

1. Inspect the cold boost pipe for cracks, flange damage, blockage and leaks; replace if necessary.

70 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

2. Inspect the bosses for cracks, looseness, or cross threading; replace if necessary.

11.3 Removal of the Composite Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe)
Remove as follows:
1. Remove the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) mixer pipe. Refer to section "Removal of the Mixer Pipe".
2. Disconnect the sensor electrical harness connector.
3. Remove the Charge Air Cooler (CAC) hose clamp at the throttle adaptor inlet.
4. Remove the four bolts securing the cold boost pipe to the intake manifold.
5. Remove two bolts at cold boost pipe bracket on oil module.
6. Remove the cold boost pipe.
7. If the intake throttle valve is required to be removed from the cold boost pipe, Refer to section "Removal of the Intake
Throttle Valve and Adaptor".

11.4 Installation of the Composite Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe)
Install as follows:
1. Install a new seal onto the intake manifold.
2. Loosely secure the cold boost pipe to the intake manifold with four bolts, making sure the centering holes line up.
3. If installing a NEW cold boost pipe, remove the support bracket from the old cold boost pipe and attach it to the new
one. Torque the bolts to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).
4. Attach the support bracket to the oil module with two bolts. Torque the bolts to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).
5. Torque the cold boost pipe to the intake manifold. Torque the bolts to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).
6. Install Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) mixer pipe. Torque the bolts to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft). Refer to section
"Installation of the Mixer Pipe".
7. Install the pressure/temperature sensor. Torque bolts to 10 N·m (7 lb·ft).
8. If the intake throttle valve was removed, Refer to section "Installation of the Intake Throttle Valve and Adaptor".
9. Install the electrical harness connection.

All information subject to change without notice. 71


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
12 Air Intake Manifold

12 Air Intake Manifold

12.1 Description and Operation of the DD13 Air Intake Manifold and Related Parts
On diesel engines, the intake charge air is routed to an air intake manifold that is bolted to the cylinder head with thirteen
bolts. Air is then routed through the air intake manifold and into the cylinders. The mating surfaces of the air intake manifold
and the cylinder head are machined. The air intake manifold is sealed to the cylinder head with six rubber and steel gaskets. If
the air intake manifold is removed, new gaskets must be installed to maintain seal under higher boost pressure. An intake
manifold air temperature sensor is installed to the air intake manifold. The Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) mixer, intake
throttle valve and adaptor are installed to the air inlet of the air intake manifold. The Charge Air Cooler (CAC) ducting is
installed on the intake throttle valve adaptor. For EPA07 engines, there is a pressure combination sensor in the cold boost
pipe, and a temperature sensor in the intake throttle adaptor. For EPA10 engines, these sensors are combined to form the
charge air pressure/temperature sensor. The combination sensor is located in the cold boost pipe, and is used to measure air
pressure and air temperature combined.

1. Hex Head Bolt 13. O-ring, Elbow Turbo Outlet


2. Bracket 14. Turbocharger Outlet Pipe
3. Intake Pipe Bracket 15. Gasket, Intake Manifold
4. Air Temperature Sensor (EPA10 Engine - Plug Only) 16. Seal Ring
5. Gasket 17. Intake Manifold Temperature Sensor
6. Intake Throttle Valve 18. Gasket, Cold Boost Pipe
7. Cold Boost Pipe 19. Bolt, Cold Boost Pipe to Intake Manifold
8. Flanged Screw, Intake Manifold to Cylinder Head 20. Bolt
9. Flanged Screw, Intake Manifold to Cylinder Head 21. Shield
10. Isolator Gasket 22. Bracket to Oil Coolant Module
11. Intake Manifold 23. Charge Air Pressure Sensor (EPA10 Combination
12. Clamp, Outlet Pipe Sensor)
Figure 13. DD13 Air Intake Manifold and Related Parts

72 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

12.2 Description and Operation of the DD15-DD16 Air Intake Manifold and Related
Parts
On diesel engines, the intake charge air is routed to an air intake manifold that is bolted to the cylinder head with thirteen
bolts. Air is then routed through the air intake manifold and into the cylinders. The mating surfaces of the air intake manifold
and the cylinder head are machined. The air intake manifold is sealed to the cylinder head with six rubber and steel gaskets. If
the air intake manifold is removed, new gaskets must be installed to maintain seal under higher boost pressure. An intake
manifold air temperature sensor is installed to the air intake manifold. The Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) mixer, intake
throttle valve and adaptor are installed to the air inlet of the air intake manifold. The Charge Air Cooler (CAC) ducting is
installed on the intake throttle valve adaptor. For EPA07 engines, there is a pressure combination sensor in the cold boost
pipe, and a temperature sensor in the intake throttle adaptor. For EPA10 engines, these sensors are combined to form the
charge air pressure/temperature sensor. The combination sensor is located in the cold boost pipe, and is used to measure air
pressure and air temperature combined.

All information subject to change without notice. 73


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
12 Air Intake Manifold

1. Bolt 13. Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensor


2. Adaptor 14. Intake Manifold
3. Gasket 15. Gasket, Intake Manifold
4. Intake Throttle Valve 16. Gasket, Cold Boost Pipe
5. Air Temperature Sensor Guard 17. Bolt, Cold Boost Pipe to Intake Manifold
6. Bolt 18. Cold Boost Pipe
7. Bolt, Intake Manifold to Cylinder Head 19. Bolt, Combination Temperature and Pressure Sensor
8. Isolator Gasket 20. Charge Air Pressure Sensor
9. Flanged Screw, Intake Manifold to Cylinder Head 21. Bracket to Oil Coolant Module
10. Seal Ring, Charge Air Sensor 22. Shield
11. Clamp, Turbocharger Outlet Pipe 23. Air Temperature Sensor (I-Cooler Out)
12. Turbocharger Outlet Pipe
Figure 14. DD15 and DD16 Air Intake Manifold and Related Parts

12.3 Removal of the Air Intake Manifold

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury, never remove any engine component while the engine is running.

Remove as follows:
1. Drain the cooling system. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".
2. Drain the fuel filter module. Refer to section "Draining the Fuel System Using J-48710 Prior to Repairs - Three-Filter
System".
3. Remove the poly-V-belts. Refer to section "Removal of the Poly-V-Belts".
4. Remove the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) mixer pipe and delivery pipe. Refer to section "Removal of the Mixer
Pipe".
5. Remove the cold boost pipe. Refer to section "Removal of the Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe)".
6. Remove the fuel filter module. Refer to section "Removal of the Fuel Filter Module - Three-Filter System".
7. Remove the oil coolant module. Refer to section "Removal of the Oil Coolant Module".
8. Disconnect the high pressure fuel rail feed lines connected to the common rail and output side of the high pressure fuel
pump. Refer to section "Removal of the High Pressure Fuel Rail Feed Lines - Three-Filter System".

NOTICE: The high pressure fuel rail feed lines, vibration dampers, mounting bracket and hardware are one-time-
use components and MUST be replaced any time they are removed. Failure to do so may result in fuel leakage
and subsequent fire.
Service kit P/N: A4720707132 contains all of the necessary parts to replace the high pressure fuel feed lines on
EPA07/10 DD13 engines and service kit P/N: 4720707032 contains all of the necessary parts to replace the high
pressure fuel feed lines on EPA07/10 DD15/16 engines.

9. Disconnect and remove the Pressure Limiting Valve (PLV) return fuel line connected to the common rail and base of
the fuel filter housing. Refer to section "Removal of the Needle, Amplifier, and Pressure Limiting Valve Return Lines -
Three-Filter System".
10. Disconnect and remove the air intake pressure sensor electrical harness connectors from the two air intake sensors.
11. Identify the flanged screw locations prior to removal of the flanged screws.
12. Remove the 13 flanged screws and isolator gaskets securing the air intake manifold to cylinder head.

WARNING: EXPLOSION
The air intake manifold contains combustible gas. To avoid injury from explosion, do not connect
the air inlet manifold to any devices or lines external to the manifold.

13. Remove the air intake manifold and the six gaskets from the cylinder head and then discard the gaskets.

74 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

12.4 Cleaning of the Air Intake Manifold


Clean as follows:
1. Remove loose gasket material from the cylinder head and intake manifold mating surfaces.
2. Wash all of the parts in clean fuel oil.

WARNING: EYE INJURY


To avoid injury from flying debris when using compressed air, wear adequate eye protection (face
shield or safety goggles) and do not exceed 276 kPa (40 psi) air pressure.

3. Blow dry with compressed air.

12.5 Inspection of the Air Intake Manifold


Inspect as follows:
1. Visually inspect the manifold for any cracks, dents or other damage. Pay particular attention to the bolt areas.
a. If a crack is found, replace the intake manifold.
b. If no cracks are found, reuse the intake manifold.
2. Inspect the manifold mating surface for imperfections that could affect its sealing to the cylinder head.
a. If the manifold mating surface has imperfections, replace the intake manifold.
b. If the manifold mating surface is not damaged, reuse part.
3. Laying a 0.5 cm (20 in.) long by 6 mm (1/4 in) wide straight edge across the intake manifold, check the mating ports
surfaces for warping.
a. If all port flange area measurements are less than 0.127 mm (0.005 in.), the manifold is reusable and can be
reinstalled with new gaskets.
b. If the manifold does not meet this requirement, the manifold must be replaced.

12.6 Installation of Air Intake Manifold


Install as follows:
1. Install six gaskets to the air intake manifold.
2. Install 13 flanged screws and isolator gaskets to the air intake manifold. Secure air intake manifold to cylinder head.
Torque the bolts to 25 N·m (18 lb·ft).
3. Re-install the electrical harness connectors to appropriate sensors.
4. Install the oil coolant module. Refer to section "Installation of the Oil Coolant Module"
5. Install the fuel filter module. Refer to section "Installation of the Fuel Filter Module - Three-Filter System"
6. Install the high pressure fuel rail feed lines connected to the common rail and output side of the high pressure fuel
pump.
Refer to section "Installation of the DD13 High Pressure Fuel Rail Feed Lines - Three-Filter System"
Refer to section "Installation of the DD15 and DD16 High Pressure Fuel Rail Feed Lines - Three-Filter System"

NOTICE: The high pressure fuel rail feed lines, vibration dampers, mounting bracket and hardware are one time
use components and MUST be replaced any time they are removed. Failure to do so may result in fuel leakage
and subsequent fire.
Service kit P/N: A4720707132 contains all of the necessary parts to replace the high pressure fuel feed lines on
EPA07/10 DD13 engines and service kit P/N: 4720707032 contains all of the necessary parts to replace the high
pressure fuel feed lines on EPA07/10 DD15/16 engines

All information subject to change without notice. 75


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
12 Air Intake Manifold

7. Install the Pressure Limiting Valve (PLV) return fuel line connected to the common rail and base of the fuel filter
housing. Refer to section "Installation of the Needle, Amplifier, and Pressure Limiting Valve Return Lines - Three-
Filter System"
8. Install the cold boost pipe. Refer to section "Installation of the Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe)"
9. Install Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) mixer pipe and delivery pipe. Refer to section "Installation of the Mixer Pipe"
10. Install the poly-V-belts. Refer to section "Installation of the Poly-V-Belts"
11. Prime fuel system. Refer to section "Priming the Fuel System Using ESOC 350 Fuel Priming Pump - Three-Filter
System"
12. Fill the cooling system. Refer to section "Cooling System Fill Procedure"

76 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

13 DD13 Turbocharger

13.1 Description and Operation of the DD13 Turbocharger and Related Parts
Compression of air in the turbocharger causes an air mass to flow into the combustion chamber. The turbocharger consists of
a turbine and a compressor which are attached to a shaft. The exhaust gas flows to the turbine wheel and causes it to turn.
This turning motion is transmitted to the shaft and the compressor impeller. The intake air from the air filter is compressed by
the compressor impeller and flows over a charge air pipe to the charge air cooler. The compressed air is cooled in the charge
air cooler, permitting a more dense charge of air to be delivered to the engine, and therefore, engine output is increased. The
charge air then passes from the charge air cooler into the intake manifold. The turbocharger is mounted on the exhaust outlet
flange of the engine exhaust manifold.

1. Bolt 10. Gasket


2. Washer 11. Turbocharger
3. Turbocharger Bracket 12. Turbocharger Inlet Pipe
4. Bracket 13. Clamp
5. Stud (6 qty.) 14. Seal
6. Bolt 15. Turbocharger Outlet Elbow Pipe
7. Heat Shield 16. Heat Shield
8. Nut 17. Air Hose
9. Stud 18. Electronic Proportioning Valve
Figure 15. EPA10 DD13 Turbocharger and Related Parts

13.2 Removal of the DD13 Turbocharger


Cleaning the turbocharger is necessary before removal.

All information subject to change without notice. 77


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
13 DD13 Turbocharger

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury from hot surfaces, wear protective gloves, or allow engine to cool before removing
any component.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury from contact with rotating parts when an engine is operating with the air inlet piping
removed, install an air inlet screen shield over the turbocharger air inlet. The shield prevents
contact with rotating parts.

Prior to removal, visually check for:


• Missing or loose nuts and bolts
• Loose or damaged intake and exhaust ducting
• Damaged oil drain lines
• Cracked or deteriorating turbocharger housing
• External oil leakage or exhaust leaks
Replace damaged parts with new parts.
Remove as follows:

NOTICE: Do not attempt to remove carbon or dirt buildup on the compressor or turbine wheels without removing
the turbocharger from the engine. If chunks of carbon are left on the blades, an unbalanced condition will exist
and subsequent failure of the bearings will result if the turbocharger is operated. However, it is not necessary to
disassemble the turbocharger to remove dirt or dust buildup.

1. Remove the turbocharger heat shields.


2. Disconnect the turbocharger ducting.
3. Disconnect and remove the Charge Air Cooler (CAC) ducting at the compressor housing. Remove the compressor
outlet elbow and inlet elbow.

4. Remove the turbocharger oil supply and drain lines from the engine block and from the turbocharger. Remove the O-
ring from the cylinder block.
5. Remove the fuel inlet line and coolant inlet and outlet lines from the doser injection valve.

78 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

6. To prevent coolant from spilling without draining the coolant system, cap the banjo bolt inlet and outlet coolant lines
with a nut.
7. Disconnect the electrical wiring harness from the turbocharger speed sensor.

NOTE: Leave the air hose (1) connected to the turbocharger.

8. For EPA10 DD13 engines, remove the clamp (2) from the Electronic Proportioning Valve (EPV) air hose (1) to the
turbocharger and remove the hose (1) from the EPV.

9. Remove the right side radiator support mount from the engine block.
10. Remove flanged exhaust manifold from turbocharger housing.
11. Remove the four nuts from the studs attaching turbocharger to the exhaust manifold center section.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury when removing or installing a heavy engine component, ensure the component is
properly supported and securely attached to an adequate lifting device to prevent the component
from falling.

12. Attach a chain hoist and a suitable lifting sling to the turbocharger assembly.
13. Remove the two bolts from the turbocharger support bracket to the cylinder block.

NOTICE: Before removing the four turbocharger- to-the exhaust manifold mounting bolts, spray them with
lubricant such as WD-40® to help loosen them. Take care when removing the bolts to avoid damaging the
threads in the exhaust manifold. If the threads do get damaged, use an M10 x 1.5 thread chaser or tap to chase
the threads. If the threads can not be repaired, use a heli-coil to repair the manifold.

14. Lower the turbocharger assembly away from the exhaust manifold and place it on a bench.
15. Discard the turbocharger gasket.
16. Cover the end of the oil supply line, the oil drain line, the air inlet and the exhaust outlet openings on the engine and
turbocharger to prevent entry of foreign material.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury from improper use of chemicals, follow the chemical manufacturer's usage,
handling, and disposal instructions. Observe all manufacturer's cautions.

17. Clean the exterior of the turbocharger with a non-caustic cleaning solvent.

All information subject to change without notice. 79


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
13 DD13 Turbocharger

13.3 Inspection of the Turbocharger


Inspect as follows:
1. Remove the exhaust pipe from the turbine outlet and remove the air intake pipe from the compressor inlet.
2. Visually inspect the turbine and compressor wheels for missing blades or blade damage.
3. Inspect the turbine and compressor wheels for heavy deposits of dirt, coke or carbon.
4. Using a flashlight, check the wheels and housings for signs of rubbing.
5. Rotate the turbine wheel to check for freedom of movement.
6. Replace the turbocharger if there is any visible damage.
a. Remove the defective turbocharger from the engine.
b. Tag the removed turbocharger for re-manufacture.
c. Install a new turbocharger to the engine.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury before starting and running the engine, ensure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface, parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked.

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST


To avoid injury from inhaling engine exhaust, always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area.
Engine exhaust is toxic.

7. Start the engine.


8. Run the engine speed to full load.
9. Visually inspect the exhaust for excessive smoke.
a. If the engine exhaust emission appears normal, no further troubleshooting is required. Shut down the engine.
b. If the engine exhaust emission is excessive, shut down the engine. Call Detroit™ Customer Support Center
(800-445-1980).

13.4 Installation of the DD13 Turbocharger


Install as follows:

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury when removing or installing a heavy engine component, ensure the component is
properly supported and securely attached to an adequate lifting device to prevent the component
from falling.

1. Attach a chain hoist and a suitable lifting sling to the turbocharger assembly.
2. Remove any covers that were placed over the openings of the air inlet and exhaust outlet openings on the engine and
turbocharger when the turbocharger was removed.
3. Remove any covers on the oil and coolant inlet and drain lines as well as the oil and coolant inlet and drain openings on
the turbocharger.
4. Place a new gasket (1), face up, with the tab towards the outside, on the exhaust manifold turbocharger flange (2).

80 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

NOTICE: The turbocharger must be supported after it has been installed to the exhaust manifold flange to avoid
damage to the turbocharger.

5. Position the turbocharger to the exhaust flange. Hand-tighten fasteners.


6. Torque the turbocharger-to-exhaust manifold fasteners to 50 N·m (37 lb·ft).

NOTE: Bottom bolts that mount bracket to cylinder block require washers between the bolt head and bracket only.
Do not place washers between the bracket and the turbocharger.

7. Install turbocharger support bracket to turbocharger and cylinder block and install mounting bolts. Hand-tighten bolts.

NOTE: If the engine serial number is after HDE0133488, the torque for the bolts on the turbocharger support
bracket has increased from 25 N·m (18 lb·ft) to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).

8. Torque the bolts (3) for the turbocharger support bracket (1) to cylinder block to 25 N·m (18 lb·ft). Then torque
turbocharger bracket-to-turbine housing bolts (2) to 25 N·m (18 lb·ft).

All information subject to change without notice. 81


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
13 DD13 Turbocharger

9. Install the turbocharger oil drain line, using a new gasket and O-ring between the opening in the bottom side of the
turbocharger center housing and the drain line that runs to the cylinder block. Torque the bolts to 30-38 N·m (22-28
lb·ft).

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury when removing or installing a heavy engine component, ensure the component is
properly supported and securely attached to an adequate lifting device to prevent the component
from falling.

10. Install the turbocharger oil supply line. Hold the fitting on the turbocharger from rotating and torque line to 30 N·m (22
lb·ft).
11. For EPA10 DD13 engines, connect the wastegate air supply line (1) to the Electronic Proportioning Valve (EPV) (2).

12. Connect the turbocharger speed sensor connector to the engine wiring harness.
13. Reconnect the flanged manifold (turbine outlet pipe) to the turbocharger. Torque fasteners to 25 N·m (18 lb·ft).
14. Install the coolant inlet and outlet lines to the doser injector housing. Torque to 15 N·m (11 lb·ft).
15. Install the fuel line to the doser injection valve. Torque to 23-25 N·m (17-18 lb·ft).

NOTE: Do not use any type of lubricant on the inside of any air inlet hose or on the hose contact surfaces of the
turbocharger compressor housing, CAC ducting or the intake manifold.

16. Install the turbocharger heat shields.


17. Install the compressor elbow and the Charge Air Cooler (CAC) plumbing. Torque the bolts to 6 N·m (4 lb·ft).
18. Connect DDDL/DDRS and perform the purge hydrocarbon doser service routine to remove all the air from the doser
system.
19. If the turbocharger is being replaced due to a turbocharger shaft bearing failure, replace the engine oil and filter.

82 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

14 DD13 Wastegate Solenoid

14.1 Description and Operation of the EPA10 DD13 Wastegate Solenoid


For EPA10, the DD13 uses a wastegate solenoid to control the turbocharger wastegate. The Motor Control Module (MCM2)
uses a Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) signal to activate the wastegate solenoid to control available air pressure to the
turbocharger wastegate on the turbocharger. There are many operating conditions that require use of the wastegate solenoid.

Figure 16. DD13 Wastegate Solenoid

14.2 Removal of the DD13 Wastegate Solenoid


Remove as follows:
1. Disconnect the electrical harness connector (1) from the wastegate solenoid (2).

All information subject to change without notice. 83


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
14 DD13 Wastegate Solenoid

2. Remove the hose clamp (2) and remove the air line (1) from the wastegate solenoid.

3. Remove the vehicle air supply (1) to the wastegate solenoid.

4. Remove the bolt (3) and the nut (2) from the stud (1) and remove the wastegate solenoid from the cylinder block.

84 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

14.3 Installation of the DD13 Wastegate Solenoid


Install as follows:
1. If removed, install the stud (1) to the cylinder block boss. Torque the stud to 10 N·m (7.4 lb·ft).
2. Install the wastegate solenoid on the cylinder block.
3. Install the bolt (3) and the nut (2). Torque each to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).

4. Install the vehicle air supply (1) to the wastegate solenoid. Torque to 25 N·m (18 lb·ft).

All information subject to change without notice. 85


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
14 DD13 Wastegate Solenoid

5. Install the air line (1) to the wastegate solenoid and tighten hose clamp (2).

6. Connect the wastegate solenoid connector (1).

86 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

14.4 Functional Check of the DD13 Wastegate Actuator


Check as follows:
1. Make sure the air tanks are full.
2. Turn the ignition On (Key ON Engine OFF).
3. Connect DDDL/DDRS.
4. Select activate outputs from the service routines tab, under the MCM2 analogs by function, chose “turbo control.”
5. Select percent action to 95%, duration to 15 seconds.

NOTE: It may be easier to see actuator rod movement with the lower heat shield removed.

6. Once the “Set” button is pressed, watch to make sure the actuator rod moves when commanded and is not binding or
stuck.
7. After the 15-second duration test has elapsed, the actuator arm will retract.
8. If the actuator rod does not move when commanded, check for proper air line routing and physical rod connection.

All information subject to change without notice. 87


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
15 GHG14 DD15 Wastegate Solenoid

15 GHG14 DD15 Wastegate Solenoid

15.1 Description and Operation of the GHG14 DD15 Asymmetrical Turbocharger


Wastegate Solenoid
For GHG14, the DD15 Asymmetrical Turbocharger (AT) uses a wastegate solenoid to control the turbocharger wastegate.
The Motor Control Module (MCM2.1) uses a Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) signal to activate the wastegate solenoid to
control available air pressure to the wastegate on the turbocharger. There are many operating conditions that require use of
the wastegate solenoid.

15.2 Removal of the GHG14 DD15 Asymmetrical Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid


Remove as follows:
1. Disconnect the electrical harness connector (1) from the wastegate solenoid (2).

88 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

2. Remove the hose clamp (2) and remove the air line (1) from the wastegate solenoid.

3. Remove the vehicle air supply (1) to the wastegate solenoid by gently pushing the line into the elbow then holding the
edge while the line slides free.

All information subject to change without notice. 89


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
15 GHG14 DD15 Wastegate Solenoid

4. Remove the bolts (2) from the mounting holes in the wastegate solenoid and remove the solenoid (1) from the cylinder
block.

15.3 Installation of the GHG14 DD15 Asymmetrical Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid


Install as follows:

90 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

1. Install the wastegate solenoid on the cylinder block.


2. Install the bolt (2) in the mounting holes on the wastegate solenoid (1). Torque each to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).

3. Install the vehicle air supply into the wastegate solenoid inlet elbow (1).

4. Install the air line (1) to the wastegate solenoid and ensure hose clamp (2) is tight.

All information subject to change without notice. 91


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
15 GHG14 DD15 Wastegate Solenoid

5. Connect the wastegate solenoid connector (1).

92 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

16 DD15 and DD16 Turbocharger

16.1 Description and Operation of the DD15 - DD16 Turbocharger and Related Parts
Compression of air in the turbocharger causes an air mass to flow into the combustion chamber. The turbocharger consists of
a turbine and a compressor which are attached to a shaft. The exhaust gas flows to the turbine wheel and causes it to turn.
This turning motion is transmitted to the shaft and the compressor impeller. The intake air from the air filter is compressed by
the compressor impeller and flows over a charge air pipe to the charge air cooler. The compressed air is cooled in the charge
air cooler, permitting a more dense charge of air to be delivered to the engine, and therefore, engine output is increased. The
charge air then passes from charge air cooler into the intake manifold. The turbocharger is mounted on the exhaust outlet
flange of the engine exhaust manifold. The turbocharger is mounted on the exhaust outlet flange of the engine exhaust
manifold.

All information subject to change without notice. 93


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
16 DD15 and DD16 Turbocharger

1. Bolt (M10 x 120 mm) 17. P-clip


2. Bolt (M10 x 35 mm) 18. Interstage Duct
3. Bolt 19. Clamp
4. Bolt (M10 x 90 mm) 20. Bolt
5. Gear Box 21. Gasket
6. Bolt (M10 x 65 mm) 22. Turbocharger
7. Gasket Seal 23. Clamp
8. O-ring 24. Turbocharger Inlet Elbow
9. Locking Dowel 25. Bracket
10. Bolt (M10 x 20 mm) 26. Bolts (6 qty.)
11. Bracket 27. O-ring
12. Bolt (M10 x 20 mm) 28. Turbocharger Speed Sensor
13. Axial Power Turbine (APT) 29. Clamp
14. Clamp 30. Turbocharger Outlet Elbow
15. Bolts 31. Heat Shield
16. Air Line 32. Heat Shield Mounting Bolt
Figure 17. DD15 and DD16 Turbocharger and Related Parts

16.2 Removal of the DD15 and the DD16 Turbocharger


Cleaning the turbocharger is necessary before removal.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury from hot surfaces, wear protective gloves, or allow engine to cool before removing
any component.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury from contact with rotating parts when an engine is operating with the air inlet piping
removed, install an air inlet screen shield over the turbocharger air inlet. The shield prevents
contact with rotating parts.

Prior to removal, visually check for:


• Missing or loose nuts and bolts
• Loose or damaged intake and exhaust ducting
• Damaged oil drain lines
• Cracked or deteriorating turbocharger housings
• External oil leakage or exhaust leaks
Replace damaged parts with new parts.
Remove as follows:

NOTICE: Do not attempt to remove carbon or dirt buildup on the compressor or turbine wheels without removing
the turbocharger from the engine. If chunks of carbon are left on the blades, an unbalanced condition will exist
and subsequent failure of the bearings will result if the turbocharger is operated. However, it is not necessary to
disassemble the turbocharger to remove dirt or dust buildup.

1. Remove the turbocharger heat shield.


2. Disconnect and remove the Charge Air Cooler (CAC) ducting at the compressor housing. Remove the compressor
outlet elbow and inlet elbow.

NOTE: Axial Power Turbine (APT) air feed line removal applies only to engines without an APT solenoid.

3. Remove the Axial Power Turbine (APT) air feed line from the compressor housing.
4. Remove the turbocharger oil supply and drain line from the center housing.
5. Remove and discard O-ring from the cylinder block and gasket from center section.

94 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

6. Remove large Marmon clamp connecting APT to the interstage duct.


7. Loosen the bolts attaching the turbocharger support bracket to the cylinder block.

NOTICE: Before removing the four turbocharger mounting bolts, spray them with lubricant such as WD-40® to
help loosen them. Take care when removing the bolts to avoid damaging the threads in the exhaust manifold. If
the threads do get damaged, use an M10 x 1.5 thread chaser or tap to chase the threads. If the threads can not
be repaired, use a heli-coil to repair the manifold.

8. Remove the four bolts attaching the turbocharger to the exhaust manifold center section.
9. Remove the two bolts from turbocharger bracket to turbine housing.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury when removing or installing a heavy engine component, ensure the component is
properly supported and securely attached to an adequate lifting device to prevent the component
from falling.

10. Attach a chain hoist and a suitable lifting sling to the turbocharger assembly.

NOTICE: Turbocharger must be supported when removing the mounting bolts to avoid damage to the
turbocharger.

11. Lift the turbocharger assembly away from the engine and place it on a bench.
12. Cover turbocharger to avoid any foreign material from entering oil, air, or exhaust passages.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury from improper use of chemicals, follow the chemical manufacturer's usage,
handling, and disposal instructions. Observe all manufacturer's cautions.

13. Clean the exterior of the turbocharger with a non-caustic cleaning solvent.

16.3 Inspection of the DD15 and DD16 Turbocharger


Inspect as follows:
1. Remove the interstage duct from the turbine outlet and remove the air intake pipe from the compressor inlet.
2. Using a flashlight, check the wheels and housings for signs of rubbing. Rotate the turbine wheel to check for freedom
of movement. Does the shaft rotate freely?
a. Yes; Go to step 5.
b. No; Go to step 3.
3. Visually inspect the turbine and compressor wheels for missing blades or blade damage. Is damage visible on the
compressor side only?

All information subject to change without notice. 95


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
16 DD15 and DD16 Turbocharger

a. Yes; replace the turbocharger and inspect the Axial Power Turbine (APT). Refer to section "Inspection of the
DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine"
b. No; Go to step 4.
4. Is the turbine side of the turbocharger damaged (i.e. missing chunks of turbine wheel, etc.)?
a. Yes; replace both the turbocharger and the APT.
Refer to section "Removal of the DD15 and the DD16 Turbocharger"
Go to step Removal of the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine
b. No; replace the turbocharger and inspect the APT.
Refer to section "Removal of the DD15 and the DD16 Turbocharger"
Refer to section "Inspection of the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine"
5. If no damage is found, do not replace turbocharger; inspect the APT for damage. Refer to section "Inspection of the
DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine"

16.4 Installation of the DD15 and the DD16 Turbocharger


Install as follows:
1. If removed, install the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine (APT) gear box. Refer to section "Installation of the
DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine Gear Box".
2. If removed, install the APT. Refer to section "Installation of the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine".
3. If removed, loosely install the turbocharger support bracket to the cylinder block.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury when removing or installing a heavy engine component, ensure the component is
properly supported and securely attached to an adequate lifting device to prevent the component
from falling.

4. Install the interstage duct into the APT.


5. Attach a chain hoist and a suitable lifting sling to the turbocharger assembly.
6. Remove any covers that were placed over the openings of the air inlet and exhaust outlet openings on the engine and
turbocharger when the turbocharger was removed.
7. Remove any covers on the oil and coolant inlet lines and drain lines. Also, remove the oil and coolant inlet openings
and drain openings on the turbocharger.

96 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

NOTE: When installing the turbocharger, use care when moving the turbocharger into position on the interstage
duct.

8. Place a new gasket, face up, with the tab towards the rear, on the exhaust manifold turbocharger flange.

NOTICE: The turbocharger must be supported after it has been installed to the exhaust manifold flange to avoid
damage to the turbocharger.

9. Position the turbocharger to the exhaust flange. Hand tighten four bolts.
10. Torque the turbocharger-to-exhaust manifold bolts to 50 N·m (37 lb·ft).
11. Install turbocharger support bracket to turbocharger. Hand-tighten the mounting bolts from the support bracket to the
cylinder block.
12. Torque the turbocharger support bracket bolts-to-cylinder block to 25 N·m (18 lb·ft). Then torque turbocharger
bracket-to-turbine housing bolts to 25 N·m (18 lb·ft).
13. Tighten the interstage duct clamp to 12 N·m (9 lb·ft).
14. Install the turbocharger oil drain line, using a new gasket and O-ring between the opening in the bottom side of the
turbocharger center housing and the oil drain line that runs to the cylinder block. Torque the bolts to 30-38 N·m (22-28
lb·ft).
15. Install the turbocharger oil supply line. Torque the oil supply line to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).
16. Connect the APT air supply line. Torque to 10 N·m (7 lb·ft).

NOTE: Do not use any type of lubricant on the inside of any air inlet hose or on the hose contact surfaces of the
turbocharger compressor housing, Charge Air Cooler (CAC) ducting or the intake manifold.

17. Connect and install the Charge Air Cooler (CAC) ducting at the compressor housing. Torque clamp to 12 N·m (9 lb·ft).

NOTE: Check the compressor inlet elbow for any cracking at the connection to the compressor flange and
replace if necessary.

18. Connect the compressor inlet elbow. Torque clamp to 12 N·m (9 lb·ft).
19. Install the turbocharger heat shields.
20. Install the compressor elbow and the CAC plumbing. Torque the clamps to 6 N·m (4 lb·ft).
21. Connect DDDL/DDRS and perform a purge hydrocarbon doser service routine to remove all the air from the doser
system.
22. If the turbocharger is being replaced due to a turbocharger shaft bearing failure, replace the engine oil and filter.

16.5 Removal of the GHG14 DD15 Asymmetrical Turbocharger


Remove as follows:

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury, never remove any engine component while the engine is running.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury from hot surfaces, wear protective gloves, or allow engine to cool before removing
any component.

All information subject to change without notice. 97


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
16 DD15 and DD16 Turbocharger

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury from contact with rotating parts when an engine is operating with the air inlet piping
removed, install an air inlet screen shield over the turbocharger air inlet. The shield prevents
contact with rotating parts.

Prior to removal, visually check for:


• Missing or loose nuts and bolts
• Loose or damaged intake and exhaust ducting
• Damaged oil drain lines
• Cracked or deteriorating turbocharger housing
• External oil leakage or exhaust leaks
Replace damaged parts with new parts.

NOTICE: Do not attempt to remove carbon or dirt buildup on the compressor or turbine wheels without removing
the turbocharger from the engine. If chunks of carbon are left on the blades, an unbalanced condition will exist
and subsequent failure of the bearings will result if the turbocharger is operated. However, it is not necessary to
disassemble the turbocharger to remove dirt or dust buildup.

1. Chock the wheels.


2. Disconnect Park Smart batteries (if equipped).
3. Disconnect main batteries.
4. Open hood.

NOTE: The Charge Air Cooler (CAC) clamp (5) is reusable.

5. Remove the air duct (1) by removing the V-band clamp (2) from the turbocharger (4) and clamp (5) on the CAC inlet
(6). Discard the turbocharger V-band clamp (2) and O-ring (3).

6. Remove the air duct between the inlet of the turbocharger (4) and the outlet of the air filter housing (may vary by
vehicle).

98 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

7. Unclip the turbocharger speed sensor wire (1) from the turbocharger heat shield. See figure below.

8. Remove the turbocharger (2) and exhaust manifold (1) heat shields. See figure below.

9. Remove the oil supply line (3) from the top of the turbocharger by removing the banjo bolt (1). Discard the seal
washers (2). See figure below.

All information subject to change without notice. 99


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
16 DD15 and DD16 Turbocharger

10. Remove the drain line (3) from the turbocharger and the engine block. Discard the drain line gasket (1) and O-ring (4).
See figure below.

11. Remove and discard the V-band clamp (3) and seal (2) attached between the bellows (4) and the flanged turbocharger
exhaust manifold (1).

100 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

12. Remove the two P-clip bolts (2) holding the Hydrocarbon (HC) fuel doser housing fuel and coolant lines. See graphic
in step 13.

NOTICE: When removing the turbocharger, make sure the HC fuel doser coolant and fuel lines are not bent or
kinked, causing damage.

13. Remove the two HC fuel doser housing bolts (1) and position the HC fuel dosing housing aside. Remove and discard
the mounting gasket.

All information subject to change without notice. 101


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
16 DD15 and DD16 Turbocharger

NOTE: The turbocharger speed sensor electrical connector is clipped onto a bracket mounted on the cylinder
block; use a 90° pick to move the tab behind the connector to disconnect the turbocharger speed sensor
connector from the cylinder block.

14. Disconnect the turbocharger speed sensor electrical connector.

NOTE: Leave the air hose connected to the turbocharger.

15. Remove the air hose (1) from the wastegate solenoid (2).

102 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

16. Remove the zip-ties holding the air hose in place.


17. Remove the zip-tie holding the EGR actuator harness to the turbocharger support bracket.
18. Remove the four bolts from the turbocharger support bracket.

NOTE: When looking at the turbocharger, the mounting stud on the exhaust manifold center section is located
towards the rear of the engine closest to the cylinder block. The size of the nut is larger than the size of the bolt
heads.

19. Remove the three bolts and one nut attaching the turbocharger to the exhaust manifold center section.

All information subject to change without notice. 103


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
16 DD15 and DD16 Turbocharger

NOTICE: Ensure the HC fuel doser coolant and fuel lines are not bent or kinked, causing damage.

20. Lower the turbocharger assembly from the exhaust manifold center section and remove it towards the front of the
engine.
21. Discard the turbocharger gasket.
22. Remove the three heat shield bolts and the heat shield from the flanged turbocharger exhaust manifold.

NOTE: Mark the flanged turbocharger exhaust manifold orientation before removing it from the turbocharger.

23. Remove the flanged turbocharger exhaust manifold from the turbocharger.
24. Remove and discard the sealing gasket from the outlet of the flanged turbocharger exhaust manifold.
25. Cover the end of the oil supply line, the oil drain line, the air inlet, and the exhaust outlet openings on the engine and
turbocharger to prevent entry of foreign material.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury from improper use of chemicals, follow the chemical manufacturer's usage,
handling, and disposal instructions. Observe all manufacturer's cautions.

26. If the turbocharger is being reused, clean the exterior of the turbocharger with a non-caustic cleaning solvent.
27. Clean the inlet and outlet of the flanged turbocharger exhaust manifold.

16.6 Installation of the GHG14 DD15 Asymmetrical Turbocharger


Install as follows:

NOTICE: If the turbocharger is being replaced due to failure, replace the engine oil and filter.

1. If the turbocharger is being replaced, install the six new studs for the flanged turbocharger exhaust manifold. Torque
studs to 25 N·m (18 lb·ft).

104 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

2. Install the flanged turbocharger exhaust manifold onto the turbocharger. Torque nuts to 50 N·m (36 lb·ft).
3. Install the flanged turbocharger exhaust manifold heat shield and the three bolts. Torque bolts to 25 N·m (18 lb·ft).

NOTE: The mounting stud on the exhaust manifold center section is located towards the rear of the engine
closest to the cylinder block.

4. If removed, install a new turbocharger mounting stud into the exhaust manifold. Torque stud to 25 N·m (18 lb·ft).

NOTE: When looking at the engine, the mounting stud with the nut is located towards the rear of the engine
closest to the block. The hex size of the nut may be larger than the hex size of the bolt heads.

5. Remove all covers that were placed on the engine and turbocharger during removal.
6. Position a new V-band clamp over the inlet to the bellows.

NOTICE: When installing the turbocharger, make sure the Hydrocarbon (HC) fuel doser coolant and fuel lines are
not bent or kinked, causing damage.

7. Using a new turbocharger mounting gasket (4), install the gasket with the part number up and the tab towards the rear
of the engine, onto the exhaust manifold center section outlet.
8. Install a new sealing gasket on the outlet of the flanged turbocharger exhaust manifold.
9. Install the turbocharger (1) onto the exhaust manifold center section (3) and secure with three bolts and one nut (2).

10. Torque the three bolts and one nut on the turbocharger-to-exhaust manifold center section to 50 N·m (37 lb·ft).

All information subject to change without notice. 105


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
16 DD15 and DD16 Turbocharger

11. Install the turbocharger support bracket and the four bolts.
12. Torque the two turbocharger support bracket-to-turbocharger bolts to 25 N·m (18 lb·ft).
13. Torque the two turbocharger support bracket-to-cylinder block bolts to 60 N·m (44 lb·ft).
14. Install zip-tie holding EGR actuator harness to the turbocharger support bracket.
15. Install the V-band clamp onto the flanged turbocharger exhaust manifold and the inlet of the exhaust bellows. Torque
clamp to 14 N·m (124 lb·in.).
16. Using a new gasket (1) (bevel side up) and O-ring (3), install the turbocharger oil drain line (2) and three bolts (4).
Torque the bolts to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).

106 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

17. Using new seal washers (2) install the turbocharger oil supply line (3). Torque banjo fitting (1) to 40 N·m (30 lb·ft).

18. Connect the wastegate air supply line (1) to the wastegate solenoid (2). Torque clamp to 0.3 N·m (2.6 lb·in.).

All information subject to change without notice. 107


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
16 DD15 and DD16 Turbocharger

19. Connect the turbocharger speed sensor to the electrical connector.


20. Using a new mounting gasket, install the HC fuel doser housing and two bolts (1). See graphic in next step.
21. Install the bolts (2) mounting the P-clips to the block for the fuel and coolant lines.

22. Torque the P-clip bolt closest to the HC doser housing to 60 N·m (44 lb·ft).
23. Torque the rear P-clip bolt to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).
24. Torque the HC fuel doser housing bolts to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).
25. Install the turbocharger (2) and exhaust manifold (1) heat shields. Torque bolts to 12 N·m (106 lb·in.).

108 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

26. Attach the turbocharger speed sensor wire (1) to the clip on the turbocharger heat shield.

27. Attach the wastegate air supply line to the mounting clip on the bottom of the turbocharger heat shield.

NOTE: Check the turbocharger inlet elbow for any cracking at the connection to the turbocharger flange and
replace if necessary.

28. Install the turbocharger inlet duct. Torque clamps to Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM) specifications.

All information subject to change without notice. 109


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
16 DD15 and DD16 Turbocharger

29. Using a new turbocharger V-band clamp (2) and a new O-ring (3), install the air duct (1) between the turbocharger (4)
and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) inlet (6).

30. Torque the turbocharger V-band clamp (2) to 12 N·m (106 lb·in.).
31. Torque the CAC inlet clamp (5) to 11 N·m (97 lb·in.).

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury before starting and running the engine, ensure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface, parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked.

32. Connect main batteries.


33. Connect Park Smart batteries (if equipped).
34. Start the engine and check for leaks.

110 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

17 DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine

17.1 Description and Operation of the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine and
Related Parts
The Axial Power Turbine (APT) increases the efficiency and the economy of the engine by converting the thermal energy in
the exhaust flow from the turbocharger into mechanical energy, delivering the resulting torque to the crankshaft. The rated
speed of the turbine wheel of the APT device is about 50,000 rpm. The turbine wheel generates a torque in this range of
about 10 N·m (7 lb·ft), which is increased through various gear ratios up to 260 N·m (192 lb·ft). The exhaust gas flows to the
turbine wheel of the APT and drives the wheel. The rotational movement created is transmitted to the shaft of the small
output gear, and from there, to the large output gear of the hydrodynamic clutch. The rotational speed is reduced because of
the gear ratio between the output gear and drive gear; this gear ratio also multiplies torque output. The hydrodynamic clutch
impeller is a part of the hydrodynamic clutch housing. The vanes on the impeller generate an oil flow in the hydrodynamic
clutch which sets the turbine wheel of the hydrodynamic clutch into rotation and the output gear is driven over a shaft. The
generated torque is transferred through the idler gear No. 4 to the crankshaft gear. It is also possible to ensure, via the
hydrodynamic clutch, that matching rotational speed takes place between the crankshaft and the axial power turbine-drive.
The APT is connected to the engine oil circuit. The gears and the bearing are lubricated and cooled by the engine oil. The
hydrodynamic clutch is supplied with engine oil by the hollow bearing shaft. One special aspect is the seal between the shaft
and the exhaust turbine housing. The seal between these two components is formed by using two metal sealing rings which
are pressed into their seat by compressed air. The pressure is regulated either by an air sealed pressure regulator or from the
turbo charger compressor.

All information subject to change without notice. 111


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
17 DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine

1. Bolt (M10 x 120 mm) 17. P-clip


2. Bolt (M10 x 35 mm) 18. Interstage Duct
3. Bolt 19. Clamp
4. Bolt (M10 x 90 mm) 20. Bolt
5. Gear Box 21. Gasket
6. Bolt (M10 x 65 mm) 22. Turbocharger
7. Gasket Seal 23. Clamp
8. O-ring 24. Turbocharger Inlet Elbow
9. Locking Dowel 25. Bracket
10. Bolt (M10 x 20 mm) 26. Bolts (6 qty.)
11. Bracket 27. O-ring
12. Bolt (M10 x 20 mm) 28. Turbocharger Speed Sensor
13. Axial Power Turbine (APT) 29. Clamp
14. Clamp 30. Turbocharger Outlet Elbow
15. Bolts 31. Heat Shield
16. Air Line 32. Heat Shield Mounting Bolt
Figure 18. Axial Power Turbine and Related Parts

17.2 Removal of the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine


Remove as follows:

NOTICE: Ensure turbocharger and axial power turbine are supported prior to removal.

1. Shut off the engine, apply the parking brake, chock the wheels, and perform any other applicable safety steps.

112 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

2. Drain the coolant. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".


3. Remove the heat shields from the turbocharger and the Axial Power Turbine (APT).
4. Disconnect the doser injector housing lines and then remove the exhaust S-pipe from APT outlet by removing the
Marmon clamp. Refer to section "Removal of the DD15 and DD16 Exhaust S-pipe".
5. Remove the EGR hot pipe. Refer to section "Removal of the Exhaust Gas Recirculation Hot Pipe".
6. Remove the turbocharger and interstage duct. Refer to section "Removal of the DD15 and the DD16 Turbocharger".
7. Remove the air line from the air seal pressure regulator valve or from the compressor housing of the turbocharger.
8. Remove four bolts securing the gear box to the axial power turbine.
9. Remove four bolts from the APT support bracket.
10. Separate the turbine housing from the gear box.
11. Remove the gasket, graphite seal, oil passage tube and O-ring.

17.3 Inspection of the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine


Inspect as follows:
1. Remove the Axial Power Turbine (APT) from the gearbox and inspect the APT stator and vanes. If any of the vanes on
the stator are damaged, replace the APT assembly.

2. Clean the oil and buildup from the APT stator and vanes using mineral spirits. Replacement of the APT for oil or
carbon buildup is not necessary.
3. Rotate the APT turbine shaft. If the shaft does not turn smoothly, replace the APT assembly.
4. Remove the retaining ring from the APT stator and remove the stator from the APT housing. The stator is removed by
pulling straight away from the housing, taking care not to wedge the assembly. A light abrasive may be used to remove
buildup or corrosion inhibiting stator removal.

NOTICE: Do not use any abrasive media on the APT blades as this may cause damage or an imbalance in the
assembly.

5. Inspect both sides of the stator (1) and the retaining ring (2); replace APT assembly if damaged.

All information subject to change without notice. 113


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
17 DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine

6. With the stator removed, inspect the APT turbine blades for damage and contact with the turbine housing. If any of the
turbine blades are damaged, bent, broken, or otherwise damaged, replace the APT assembly.

NOTICE: Do not use any abrasive media on the APT blades as this may cause damage or an imbalance in the
assembly.

7. Visually inspect the turbine blades from the exhaust outlet. If any damage is visible, replace the APT assembly.

114 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

8. If no physical damage was found during the inspection, thoroughly clean the assembly with mineral spirits, reassemble
the stator and retaining ring, and reuse the APT.
• Take caution not to use any abrasive materials that could damage the turbine rotor blades.
• Replace the graphite seal and O-ring seal on the APT for reuse.
• Ensure no oil or mineral spirit residue is left in the APT housing prior to reassembly.
• Using compressed air, thoroughly dry the APT housing assembly.

17.4 Installation of the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine


Install as follows:
1. Shut off the engine, apply the parking brake, chock the wheels, and perform any other applicable safety steps.
2. If removed, install the gear box to cylinder block with four bolts. Torque bolts to 55–60 N·m (41–45 lb·ft).

NOTICE: DO NOT install the tube in the gear box. There is no depth stop to insure proper depth is achieved. If
the tube is too far in the gear box it will block the oil return passage and cause damage to the APT and gear box.

3. Install the oil return tube (2) into the Axial Power Turbine (APT) (1), ensuring the tube is fully seated into the APT
housing. Be sure the oil return tube taper faces toward the gear box.
4. Position gasket seal (3) on APT snout then install graphite seal on the oil return tube (2).
5. Install O-ring on snout of APT. O-ring must be installed in the narrow groove (1) on the snout of the APT.

All information subject to change without notice. 115


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
17 DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine

NOTE: When installing axial power turbine to gear box, ensure that gears are aligned by viewing through exhaust
port and rotating impeller. Damage to gear box and axial power turbine will occur if not installed correctly.

6. Install axial power turbine to gear box and bracket (the APT must be installed as straight to the gearbox as possible;
uneven installation could cause an oil leak).
7. Install the front bolt through the APT into the gear box, and hand-tighten the bolt.
8. Install two bolts through the bracket into the axial power turbine; then install two bolts through the bracket into the
cylinder block. Install the remaining three bolts into axial power turbine and hand-tighten.
9. Torque the bolts to 55-60 N·m (41-45 lb·ft).
10. Install air line to axial power turbine from air seal pressure regulator valve or from the turbocharger compressor
housing. Torque the banjo bolt to 10 N·m (7 lb·ft).
11. Install the oil feed line from the block to the gear box (if removed). Torque to 20 N·m (15 lb·ft).
12. Install the turbocharger and interstage duct. Refer to section "Installation of the DD15 and the DD16 Turbocharger"
13. Install the APT heat shields.
14. Fill the engine with coolant.

116 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

18 DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine Gear Box

18.1 Description and Operation of DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine Gear Box and
Related Parts
The gear box is located on the right side of the engine between the Axial Power Turbine (APT) and cylinder block.

All information subject to change without notice. 117


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
18 DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine Gear Box

1. Bolt (M10 x 120 mm) 17. P-clip


2. Bolt (M10 x 35 mm) 18. Interstage Duct
3. Bolt 19. Clamp
4. Bolt (M10 x 90 mm) 20. Bolt
5. Gear Box 21. Gasket
6. Bolt (M10 x 65 mm) 22. Turbocharger
7. Gasket Seal 23. Clamp
8. O-ring 24. Turbocharger Inlet Elbow
9. Locking Dowel 25. Bracket
10. Bolt (M10 x 20 mm) 26. Bolts (6 qty.)
11. Bracket 27. O-ring
12. Bolt (M10 x 20 mm) 28. Turbocharger Speed Sensor
13. Axial Power Turbine (APT) 29. Clamp
14. Clamp 30. Turbocharger Outlet Elbow
15. Bolts 31. Heat Shield
16. Air Line 32. Heat Shield Mounting Bolt
Figure 19. Axial Power Turbine Gear Box and Related Parts

18.2 Removal of the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine Gear Box
Remove as follows:
1. Remove the turbocharger. Refer to section "Removal of the DD15 and the DD16 Turbocharger"
2. Remove the Axial Power Turbine (APT). Refer to section "Removal of the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine"
3. Remove the oil line from cylinder block to APT gear box.

NOTICE: If the APT gearbox shaft is loose, ensure none of the ball bearings have fallen into the gear train. If the
bearings are missing, remove the oil pan to locate all the bearings and inspect for damage.

4. Remove four bolts from the APT gear box to the cylinder block and remove the APT gear box.

18.3 Inspection of the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine Gear Box
Inspect as follows:
1. Inspect the gear box for damage; replace if necessary.

18.4 Installation of the DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine Gear Box
Install as follows:

NOTICE: Ensure gear box gear and idler gear located in gear case housing are meshed. Failure to mesh gears
correctly will cause damage.

1. Add a light coat of clean engine oil to O-ring seals on the Axial Power Turbine Gear (1) and the Oil Drain (2).

118 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

2. Install Axial Power Turbine (APT) gear box to cylinder block, ensuring gears are meshed together when installed.

NOTICE: Ensure correct bolt length is used when gear box is installed. If incorrect bolt length (too long) is used,
cup plugs installed in the cylinder block can be pushed out into gear train causing severe damage to the gear
train.

3. Install four bolts into gear box and cylinder block and hand tighten.
a. Bolts (1) have 120mm long threads.
b. Bolt (2) has 35mm long threads.
c. Bolt (3) has 90mm long threads.

All information subject to change without notice. 119


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
18 DD15 and DD16 Axial Power Turbine Gear Box

4. Torque the four bolts to 55-60 N·m (41-44 lb·ft).


5. Install oil line to gear box and engine block. Torque to 35 N·m (26 lb·ft).

120 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

19 Cylinder Head

19.1 Description and Operation of the Cylinder Head and Related Parts
This section explains the description(s) and operation(s) of the following systems within the cylinder head:
• Cylinder Head
• Valve Springs and related components
• Intake and Exhaust Valves

Cylinder Head
The cylinder head has been designed with a compacted graphic iron material. There are two intake and two exhaust valves
per cylinder. To ensure the correct bolts are used when installing the cylinder head, the bolt thread size 16 is stamped on the
head of the bolt. All bolts must be tightened in the correct sequence. The valve train assembly needs to be removed in order
to access the cylinder head bolts.
The cylinder head has a split coolant jacket; the coolant flows around the cylinder to the inlet side of the head and then to the
exhaust side. The coolant flows in the lower level of the cylinder head around the injectors and the valve seat rings. The
coolant then flows around in the upper level of the cylinder head and cools the valve guides. The advantage of this design is a
very even and highly effective cooling system.

• Oil Return Openings or Oil Return Holes From Cylinder Head to Cylinder Block
• Oil Transfer Holes from Cylinder Block to Cylinder Head
Figure 20. Oil Hole Location on Fire Deck of Cylinder Head

All information subject to change without notice. 121


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
19 Cylinder Head

• Water Transfer Holes from Cylinder Block to Cylinder Head


• Water Return Openings from Cylinder Head to Cylinder Block
Figure 21. Water Hole Location on Fire Deck of Cylinder Head

• Upper Cooling Level


• Lower Cooling Level
Figure 22. Cooling Levels

122 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

• Holes for Installing the Intake Manifold


• Inlet Ducts
Figure 23. Cylinder Head Inlet Duct Location
Intake and Exhaust Valves
There are four valves per cylinder; two intake valves and two exhaust valves. Valves are made of heat-treated alloys, with
precision-ground heads and stems. Stem ends are hardened to minimize wear in contact with the valve rocker buttons. All
valves are retained by valve spring caps and two-piece tapered valve locks. Valve stem oil seals are installed on both intake
and exhaust valves to provide controlled valve stem lubrication while limiting oil consumption. The exhaust valves use a
nickel-based alloy and are identified by a smaller dimple on the combustion face. The intake valves are an iron based alloy
and are identified from the exhaust valve by a larger dimple on the combustion face.

All information subject to change without notice. 123


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
19 Cylinder Head

1. Exhaust Rocker Arm 8. Valve Spring


2. Exhaust Rocker Arm with Actuator 9. Intake Rocker Arm
3. Brake Rocker Arm 10. Intake Rocker Arm Shaft
4. Exhaust Rocker Arm Shaft 11. Drive Gear for Intake Camshaft
5. Drive Gear for Exhaust Camshaft 12. Intake Camshaft
6. Exhaust Camshaft 13. Intake Valve
7. Exhaust Valve 14. Camshaft Housing
Figure 24. Valves Rocker Arms and Related Parts

124 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

1. Cylinder Head Gasket 10. Valve Keeper


2. Exhaust Valve Seat Ring 11. Exhaust Valve Spring
3. Intake Valve Seat Ring 12. Spring Retainer
4. Exhaust Valve 13. Intake Valve Spring
5. Intake Valve 14. Water Jacket Cover Plug
6. Cylinder Head 15. Water Jacket Seal Ring Plug
7. Washer 16. Water Protection Sleeve Seal Ring
8. Valve Guide 17. Injector Cup
9. Valve Stem Seal 18. Cylinder Head-to-Cylinder Block Bolt
Figure 25. Valves and Related Parts

All information subject to change without notice. 125


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
19 Cylinder Head

1. Exhaust Valve 4. Valve Clearance Adjusting Element


2. Valve Springs 5. Exhaust Rocker Arm with Actuator
3. Exhaust Rocker Arm 6. Exhaust Rocker Arm
Figure 26. Exhaust Valve Assembly

1. Intake Valves 3. Drive Gear and Timing Wheel for Intake Camshaft
2. Valve Springs
Figure 27. Intake Valve Assembly

126 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

1. Inlet Valves 2. Exhaust Valves


Figure 28. Intake and Exhaust Valve Location

19.2 Removal of the DD13 Cylinder Head


Because optional and accessory equipment varies with the engine application, these procedures covers only the basic engine.
If the engine is equipped with accessories that affect cylinder head removal, note the mounting details of each accessory to
assure correct installation at reassembly.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury, never remove any engine component while the engine is running.

Remove as follows:
1. Steam clean the engine.
2. Disconnect the batteries. Refer to OEM procedure.
3. Drain the fuel system. Refer to section "Draining the Fuel System Using J-48710 Prior to Repairs - Three-Filter
System".
4. Drain the oil. Refer to OEM procedure.
5. Drain the coolant. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".
6. Remove the turbocharger inlet pipe. Refer to OEM procedure.
7. Remove the rocker cover. Refer to section "Removal of the Rocker Cover".
8. Disconnect the following electrical harness connections:
a. Coolant outlet temperature sensor harness from the water manifold
b. Delta-P sensor
c. Intake manifold air temperature sensor
d. Intake throttle valve
e. Intake air temperature sensor
9. Remove the high pressure fuel injector lines. Refer to section "Removal of the High Pressure Fuel Injector Lines -
Three-Filter System".
10. Remove high pressure fuel lines from fuel rail to high pressure fuel pump. Refer to section "Removal of the High
Pressure Fuel Rail Feed Lines - Three-Filter System".

All information subject to change without notice. 127


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
19 Cylinder Head

NOTICE: The high pressure fuel rail feed lines, vibration dampers, mounting bracket and hardware are one-time-
use components and MUST be replaced any time they are removed. Service kit P/N: A4720707132 contains all of
the necessary parts to replace the high pressure fuel feed lines on EPA07/10 DD13.

11. Remove amplifier return line, needle return line and pressure limiting valve (PLV) lines. Refer to section "Removal of
the Needle, Amplifier, and Pressure Limiting Valve Return Lines - Three-Filter System".
12. Disconnect fuel injector harness from the fuel injectors and engine brake solenoids.
Refer to section "Removal of the One-Piece Fuel Injector Wiring Harness - Three-Filter System".
Refer to section "Removal of the Two-Piece Fuel Injector Wiring Harness - Three-Filter System".
13. Remove the camshaft and rocker shaft assemblies. Refer to section "Removal of Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine
Brake Assembly".
14. Remove coolant lines from the water manifold to the fuel doser injector housing. Refer to section "Removal of the
DD13 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Water Manifold Assembly".
15. Remove the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) vent (deaeration) line.
16. Remove the camshaft housing. Refer to section "Removal of the Camshaft Housing".
17. Remove the EGR crossover tube. Refer to section "Removal of the Exhaust Gas Recirculation Crossover Tube".
18. Remove the two bolts attaching the cold boost pipe to the support bracket.
19. Using the flywheel and main pulley socket tool (J-45390), remove the 40 bolts securing the cylinder head to the
cylinder block.
20. If the dipstick hose is attached to the intake throttle valve bracket, remove the clip attaching it.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury when removing or installing a heavy engine component, ensure the component is
properly supported and securely attached to an adequate lifting device to prevent the component
from falling.

21. Using the cylinder head/engine lifting bar tool (W470589006200), remove the cylinder head from the cylinder block.
22. Remove and discard the metallic gasket from the cylinder block.

19.3 Inspection of the Cylinder Head - DD


Inspect as follows:
1. Inspect the cylinder head for cracks. Replace the cylinder head if needed.

128 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

NOTE: If the valve seat is damaged, replace the cylinder head.

2. Inspect the valves for damage. If damaged, replace the valve and inspect the valve seat.

All information subject to change without notice. 129


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
19 Cylinder Head

3. Inspect the cylinder head for erosion on the fire deck, manifold mounting locations, and camshaft mounting surfaces.
Replace the cylinder head if needed.

4. Inspect the valve springs for damage. Replace the valve springs if needed.

130 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

5. Inspect all the threaded holes on the cylinder head. Repair as necessary.
6. Refer to tool letter 09TL-4Rev to pressure test the cylinder head.
7. For new cylinder heads only, inspect for flatness. Specifications are below.

Table 10.
Cylinder Head
Engine Part (Standard Size, New)
Fire Deck Flatness 0.02 mm over 150 mm distance and a maximum 0.05 mm
0.0007874 in. over 5.906 in. and a maximum 0.001969 in.

19.4 Cleaning of the Cylinder Head


Clean as follows:
1. Steam clean the cylinder head.
2. Clean the head in a de-scaling bath.

WARNING: EYE INJURY


To avoid injury from flying debris when using compressed air, wear adequate eye protection (face
shield or safety goggles) and do not exceed 276 kPa (40 psi) air pressure.

3. Blow dry with compressed air.

19.5 Assembly of Cylinder Head


Assemble as follows:

All information subject to change without notice. 131


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
19 Cylinder Head

1. Install all of the required cup plugs using a good grade of non-hardening sealant, such as Loctite® 620 or equivalent,
on the cup plugs. Use cup plug installation set (J–35653).
2. Ensure that all cup plugs on the front face of the cylinder head are flush or below the surface.
3. Install valves, valve stem seals, valve springs and keepers.

19.6 Installation of the DD13 Cylinder Head


Install as follows:

NOTICE: Thoroughly clean counter bores with a wire brush to remove any foreign material before installation of
head gasket. Failure to properly clean counter bores may result in head gasket failure.

1. Inspect the head bolt holes in both block and head for the presence of oil, water, dirt, or damaged threads. Clean or re-
tap as necessary. Ensure piston domes, cylinder head, and cylinder block fire deck surfaces are clean and free of foreign
matter.

2. Install four lift hooks onto the cylinder head.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury when removing or installing a heavy engine component, ensure the component is
properly supported and securely attached to an adequate lifting device to prevent the component
from falling.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury, never remove any engine component while the engine is running.

3. Lift the cylinder head using tool (W470589006200) so the cylinder head can hang at a 30-45 degree angle longitude for
10 minutes. The oil and coolant will need to drain before the head can be installed on the engine.
4. Verify that the cylinder liner protrusion heights are within specification prior to installing the cylinder head. Refer to
section "Installation of the Cylinder Liner" for cylinder liner protrusion specifications.
5. Alternate the cylinder head to hang in the opposite direction at the same angle for ten minutes.
6. Install cylinder head guide studs (W471589016100).

132 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

NOTE: Be sure both fire decks on the block and head surfaces are clean and dry, especially in the grommet
areas.

7. Position a new cylinder head gasket onto the cylinder block.


8. Lift the cylinder head into position using cylinder head/engine lifting bar tool (W470589006200). Lower cylinder head
into place over the guide studs and dowel pins until it is seated on the engine block.
9. Remove the guide studs.
10. Remove the lifting hooks from the cylinder head.

NOTICE: Do not dip the entire cylinder head mounting bolts in oil as it could provide too much oil causing
improper torque results.

11. Coat the threads and underside of bolt heads with clean engine oil before installation.
12. Install the 40 cylinder head bolts into the cylinder head using the torque sequence shown below. Torque bolts (1
through 38) in three steps as follows:
a. 200 N·m (147 lb·ft).
b. 90° torque turn.
c. 90° torque turn.
13. Using the torque sequence shown, torque the small bolts (39 and 40) to 60 N·m (44 lb·ft).

All information subject to change without notice. 133


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
19 Cylinder Head

14. Check and adjust the timing of the engine gear train, as needed. Refer to section "Installation and Timing of Engine
Gear Train".
15. Install the turbocharger flange bolts.
16. Install the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) crossover tube. Refer to section "Installation of the Exhaust Gas
Recirculation Crossover Tube".
17. Install the EGR actuator harness connector, linkage and the heat shield.
18. Install the coolant lines to EGR actuator.
19. Install the camshaft housing. Refer to section "Installation of the Camshaft Housing".
20. Install the camshaft and rocker shaft assemblies. Refer to section "Installation of the Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/
Engine Brake Assembly".
21. Install the intake elbow.
22. Install the mixer pipe. Refer to section "Installation of the Mixer Pipe".
23. Install the EGR venturi. Refer to section "Installation of the Exhaust Gas Recirculation Venturi".
24. Install the fuel injectors. Refer to section "Installation of the Fuel Injector - Three-Filter System".
25. Install the engine brake solenoids and injector harness.
26. Install the amplification needle and pressure limiting valve (PLV). Refer to section "Installation of the Needle,
Amplifier, and Pressure Limiting Valve Return Lines - Three-Filter System".
27. Install the high pressure feed lines from high pressure pump to common fuel rail.
Refer to section "Installation of the DD13 High Pressure Fuel Rail Feed Lines - Three-Filter System".

NOTICE: The high pressure fuel rail feed lines, vibration dampers, mounting bracket and hardware are one-time-
use components and MUST be replaced any time they are removed. Service kit P/N: A4720707132 contains all of
the necessary parts to replace the high pressure fuel feed lines on EPA07/10 DD13 engines.

28. Install the injector feed lines from fuel rail. Refer to section "Installation of the High Pressure Fuel Injector Lines -
Three-Filter System".
29. Connect the coolant temperature sensor harness.
30. Install the turbocharger inlet pipe.
31. Install any components that were removed and fill with required fluids as recommended. Refer to OEM guidelines.
32. Set the valve lash and engine brake. Refer to section "Valve Lash Adjustments".
33. Install the rocker cover. Refer to section "Installation of the Rocker Cover".
34. Fill the cooling system. Refer to section "Cooling System Fill Procedure".
35. Prime engine lubrication system. Refer to section "Priming the Engine Lubrication System".

134 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury before starting and running the engine, ensure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface, parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked.

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST


To avoid injury from inhaling engine exhaust, always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area.
Engine exhaust is toxic.

36. Start the engine and check for fuel, coolant or oil leaks.
37. Shut down the engine.

19.7 Removal of the DD15 and DD16 Cylinder Head


Because optional and accessory equipment varies with the engine application, this procedure covers only the basic engine. If
the engine is equipped with accessories that affect cylinder head removal, note the mounting details of each to assure correct
installation at reassembly. Remove as follows:

NOTE: If the cylinder head is to be replaced, the new head must be thoroughly cleaned before installation to
remove all rust and preventive compound, especially from the fuel and oil galleries. This can be done by
immersion in a bath of fuel oil or mineral spirits-based solvent and scrubbing out all openings with a soft bristle
brush.

WARNING: EYE INJURY


To avoid injury from flying debris when using compressed air, wear adequate eye protection (face
shield or safety goggles) and do not exceed 276 kPa (40 psi) air pressure.

NOTE: When clean, blow the head dry with compressed air.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury, never remove any engine component while the engine is running.

1. Steam clean the engine.


2. Disconnect the batteries.
3. Drain the fuel system. Refer to section "Draining the Fuel System Using J-48710 Prior to Repairs - Three-Filter
System".
4. Drain the engine oil.
5. Drain the coolant. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".
6. Remove the turbocharger inlet pipe.
7. Remove the rocker cover. Refer to section "Removal of the Rocker Cover".
8. Disconnect the following electrical harness connections:
a. Coolant outlet temperature sensor harness from the water manifold
b. Delta-P sensor
c. Intake manifold air temperature sensor
d. Intake throttle valve
e. Intake air temperature sensor

All information subject to change without notice. 135


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
19 Cylinder Head

9. Remove fuel injector feed lines. Refer to section "Removal of the High Pressure Fuel Injector Lines - Three-Filter
System".
10. Remove high pressure fuel rail feed lines from fuel rail to high pressure fuel pump. Refer to section "Removal of the
Hydrocarbon Doser Block Feed Line".

NOTICE: Notice: The high pressure fuel rail feed lines, vibration dampers, mounting bracket and hardware are
one time use components and MUST be replaced any time they are removed. Failure to do so may result in fuel
leakage and subsequent fire. Service kit P/N: A4720707032 contains all of the necessary parts to replace the high
pressure fuel feed lines on EPA07/10 DD15/16 engines.

11. Remove amplifier return line, needle return line and pressure limiting valve (PLV) lines. Refer to section "Removal of
the Needle, Amplifier, and Pressure Limiting Valve Return Lines - Three-Filter System".
12. Disconnect fuel injector harness from the fuel injectors and engine brake solenoids.
a. For EURO 6 DD platform engines, remove one-piece fuel injector wiring harness. Refer to section "Removal of
the One-Piece Fuel Injector Wiring Harness - Three-Filter System".
b. For NAFTA DD platform engines, remove two-piece fuel injector wiring harness. Refer to section "Removal of
the Two-Piece Fuel Injector Wiring Harness - Three-Filter System".
13. Remove the camshaft and rocker shafts. Refer to section "Removal of Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine Brake
Assembly".
14. Remove coolant lines from the water manifold to the fuel doser injector housing.
15. Remove the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) vent (de-aeration) line.
16. Remove the camshaft housing. Refer to section "Removal of the Camshaft Housing".
17. Remove the EGR actuator coolant line from the cylinder block.
18. Disconnect the EGR actuator connector and remove the heat shield. Refer to section "Removal of DD15 and DD16
Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Actuator".
19. Remove the turbocharger flange bolts.
20. Remove the EGR crossover tube. Refer to section "Removal of the Exhaust Gas Recirculation Crossover Tube".
21. Remove the two bolts attaching the cold boost pipe to the support bracket.
22. Using the flywheel and main pulley socket tool (J-45390), remove the 40 bolts securing the cylinder head to the
cylinder block.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury when removing or installing a heavy engine component, ensure the component is
properly supported and securely attached to an adequate lifting device to prevent the component
from falling.

23. Using cylinder head/engine lifting bar tool (W470589006200), remove the cylinder head from the cylinder block.
24. Remove and discard the metallic gasket from the cylinder block.

19.8 Cleaning of the Cylinder Head


Clean as follows:
1. Steam clean the cylinder head.
2. Clean the head in a de-scaling bath.

WARNING: EYE INJURY


To avoid injury from flying debris when using compressed air, wear adequate eye protection (face
shield or safety goggles) and do not exceed 276 kPa (40 psi) air pressure.

3. Blow dry with compressed air.

136 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

19.9 Assembly of Cylinder Head


Assemble as follows:
1. Install all of the required cup plugs using a good grade of non-hardening sealant, such as Loctite® 620 or equivalent,
on the cup plugs. Use cup plug installation set (J–35653).
2. Ensure that all cup plugs on the front face of the cylinder head are flush or below the surface.
3. Install valves, valve stem seals, valve springs and keepers.

19.10 Installation of the DD15 and DD16 Cylinder Head


Install as follows:

NOTICE: Thoroughly clean oil passage holes on the cylinder block deck with a wire brush to remove any foreign
material before installation of head gasket. Failure to properly clean counter bores may result in head gasket
failure.

1. Inspect the head bolt holes in both block and head for the presence of oil, water, dirt, or damaged threads. Clean or re-
tap as necessary. Ensure piston domes and the cylinder head and cylinder block deck surfaces are clean and free of
foreign matter.

2. Install four lift hooks onto cylinder head.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury when removing or installing a heavy engine component, ensure the component is
properly supported and securely attached to an adequate lifting device to prevent the component
from falling.

3. Lift the cylinder head using tool (W470589006200) so the cylinder head can hang at a 30-45 degree angle longitude for
10 minutes. The oil and coolant will need to drain before the head can be installed on the engine.
4. Verify that the cylinder liner protrusion heights (J-47415A) are all within 0.0889 mm (0.0035 in.) prior to installing the
cylinder head. Minimum liner protrusion is 0.1397 mm (0.0055 in.) and maximum liner protrusion is 0.26924 mm
(0.0106 in.).
5. Alternate the cylinder head to hang in the opposite direction at the same angle for ten minutes.
6. Install the cylinder head guide studs tool (J-35784).
7. Position a new cylinder head gasket onto engine block.

All information subject to change without notice. 137


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
19 Cylinder Head

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury when removing or installing a heavy engine component, ensure the component is
properly supported and securely attached to an adequate lifting device to prevent the component
from falling.

8. Lift the cylinder head into position using cylinder head/engine lifting bar tool (W470589006200). Lower into place
over the guide studs and dowel pins until it is seated on the engine block.
9. Remove the cylinder head guide studs.
10. Remove the lifting hooks from the cylinder head.

NOTICE: Do not dip the entire cylinder head mounting bolts in oil as it could provide too much oil causing
improper torque results.

11. Coat the threads and underside of bolt heads with clean engine oil before installation.
12. Install the 40 cylinder head bolts into the cylinder head.
13. Torque the 38 large bolts in four steps to:
a. 50 N·m (37 lb·ft)
b. 250 N·m (184 lb·ft)
c. 90° torque turn
d. 90° torque turn
14. Torque the small bolts (39 and 40) to 60 N·m (44 lb·ft).

15. Install the camshaft housing. Refer to section "Installation of the Camshaft Housing".
16. Install the camshaft and rocker shaft assemblies. Refer to section "Installation of the Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/
Engine Brake Assembly".
17. Set the valve lash and engine brake. Refer to section "Valve Lash Adjustments".

NOTICE: Notice: The high pressure fuel rail feed lines, vibration dampers, mounting bracket and hardware are
one-time-use components and MUST be replaced any time they are removed. Failure to do so may result in fuel
leakage and subsequent fire. Service kit P/N: A4720707032 contains all of the necessary parts to replace the high
pressure fuel feed lines on EPA07/10 DD15/16 engines.

18. Install any components that were removed and fill with required fluids as recommended. Refer to OEM guidelines.
19. Fill the cooling system. Refer to section "Cooling System Fill Procedure"
20. Prime engine lubrication system. Refer to section "Priming the Engine Lubrication System".

138 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury before starting and running the engine, ensure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface, parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked.

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST


To avoid injury from inhaling engine exhaust, always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area.
Engine exhaust is toxic.

21. Start the engine and check for fuel, coolant or oil leaks.
22. Shut down the engine.

All information subject to change without notice. 139


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
20 Intake and Exhaust Valves and Valve Springs

20 Intake and Exhaust Valves and Valve Springs

20.1 Removal of the Valve Spring (Cylinder Head Installed)


Remove as follows:
1. Steam clean the engine.
2. Drain the fuel system. Refer to section "Draining the Fuel System Using J-48710 Prior to Repairs - Three-Filter
System".
3. Remove the rocker cover. Refer to section "Removal of the Rocker Cover".
4. Remove the camshaft and rocker shaft assemblies. Refer to section "Removal of Camshaft and Rocker Shaft/Engine
Brake Assembly".
5. Remove the camshaft housing. Refer to section "Removal of the Camshaft Housing".
6. Remove the fuel injector from the appropriate cylinder. Refer to section "Removal of the Fuel Injector - Three-Filter
System".

NOTICE: All valve spring or seal removal and replacement must be completed for each cylinder being serviced
while the piston is at Top Dead Center (TDC). After servicing a cylinder, turn the crankshaft to TDC for the next
cylinder being serviced.

7. Using the engine barring tool (J-46392 or W904589046300), bar the engine over until the cylinder is at Top Dead
Center (TDC).

WARNING: EYE INJURY


To avoid injury from flying debris when using compressed air, wear adequate eye protection (face
shield or safety goggles) and do not exceed 276 kPa (40 psi) air pressure.

8. Install the adaptor (J-47411) into the cylinder and torque to 20 N·m (14 lb·ft) plus 90 degrees with the injector hold-
down clamp and bolt, connect shop air to compression adaptor.
9. Position the spring compressor cage portion of the valve spring compressor (J–47406) directly over the valve spring to
be compressed. Engage the dowel of the cage in the closest slot of the valve spring compressor handle.

NOTE: Do not contact the valve with the compressor tool.

140 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

10. Compress the valve spring and remove the valve locks using a small magnet to prevent the locks from falling into the
cylinder head oil return galleries.
11. Release the spring and remove the valve cap and valve spring. If the valve stem oil seal is to be replaced, remove the
seal and discard it using DDE W470589073300 Valve Stem Seal Removal Tool.

20.2 Removal of the Valve Spring (Cylinder Head Removed)


With the cylinder head assembly removed from the engine, remove the valve springs as follows:
1. Remove the valve locks using valve spring compressor (J–47406), compressing each valve spring.

2. Release the spring and remove the valve, valve cap and valve spring.
3. Remove the valve stem oil seal and discard the seal.
4. Remove the valve spring seat.
5. As parts are removed, mark or segregate them according to their original position for possible reuse.
6. Mark the location of each intake and exhaust valve in accordance to its cylinder number and whether it is an intake or
an exhaust valve.
7. Flip the cylinder head over and carefully remove the valves from the cylinder head.

All information subject to change without notice. 141


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
20 Intake and Exhaust Valves and Valve Springs

20.3 Removal of Intake and Exhaust Valves


Remove as follows:
1. Remove the cylinder head.
For the DD13: Refer to section "Removal of the DD13 Cylinder Head"
For the DD15 and DD16: Refer to section "Removal of the DD15 and DD16 Cylinder Head"
2. Remove the valve spring(s). Refer to section "Removal of the Valve Spring (Cylinder Head Removed)"

20.4 Cleaning of the Valves and Related Parts


Clean as follows:

WARNING: EYE INJURY


To avoid injury from flying debris when using compressed air, wear adequate eye protection (face
shield or safety goggles) and do not exceed 276 kPa (40 psi) air pressure.

NOTICE: If a valve is removed through a stem seal, the stem seal must be replaced.

1. Using proper eye protection, clean all of the disassembled parts with fuel oil and dry with compressed air.
2. Clean the carbon from the valve stems and wash the valves with fuel oil.

NOTE: Do not use bore brush (wire) on EPA04 Series 60 natural gas powdered metal guides.

3. Clean the valve guide bore to remove all gum and carbon deposits. Use bore brush (J–5437 or equivalent) for this
procedure.

20.5 Inspection of the Intake and Exhaust Valves


The valve stems must be free from scratches or scuff marks, and the valve faces must be free from ridges or cracks. Some
pitting of the valve face is normal, and is acceptable as long as no leak paths are evident. If leak paths exist, re-face the valves
or install new valves. If the valve heads are warped or the valve stem is bent, replace the valves.

142 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

Figure 29. Exhaust Valve

Figure 30. Intake Valve

20.6 Installation of the Valve, Spring, Seal and Valve Cap


Install as follows:
1. Position the cylinder head on a work bench for valve installation, if removed. Lubricate the valve stems with clean
engine lubricating oil and slide them into their respective valve guides and against the valve seats. If reusing valves,
install them to their original positions.

NOTICE: Ensure all valve spring seats have been installed before the valve stem oil seal is installed.

NOTE: Clean valve guide of old seal material and oil before installing the new seal.

2. Install the valve spring seat over the valve guide.

All information subject to change without notice. 143


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
20 Intake and Exhaust Valves and Valve Springs

3. With the valve installed into the cylinder head, clean the valve guide and valve stem with brake cleaner.
4. Install the protective cap over the valve stem.

NOTE: Do not coat valve stem, seal, or the protective cap with oil prior to installation.

5. Install the valve stem seal over the protective cap.


6. Remove the protective cap.

NOTE: When the installer tool contacts the valve spring seat, the seal is correctly positioned. Be sure the installer
is square against the cylinder head.

7. Push the seal down on the valve stem using the seal installer.
a. Intake tool part number J-47490-1A.
b. Exhaust tool part number J-47490-3.
8. Install the valve spring and retainer. If reusing parts, install them to their original positions.

NOTICE: Be sure the valve retainer is properly centered and aligned to avoid scoring the valve stem. Do not
compress the spring any more than necessary to install the locks, to avoid damaging the oil seal.

NOTE: Always install new valve stem locks when installing valves.

9. Using the valve spring compressor tool (J–47406), compress the valve spring only as much as required to install the
valve locks. After installing the valve locks, rap the end of the valve stem sharply with a plastic mallet to seat the valve
locks.
10. Remove compression test adaptor J-47411.
11. On the other three valves it may be necessary to repeat these steps for cylinders being worked on.
12. If the cylinder head is removed from engine, install the cylinder head.
For the DD13: Refer to section "Installation of the DD13 Cylinder Head".
For the DD15 and DD16: Refer to section "Installation of the DD15 and DD16 Cylinder Head".
13. Prime the fuel system. Refer to section "Priming the Fuel System Using ESOC 350 Fuel Priming Pump - Three-Filter
System".
14. Close any drain cocks that were opened and fill the cooling system. Purge the air from the system using the vent in the
thermostat housing. Complete filling of the cooling system is essential for proper engine operation. Refer to section
"Cooling System Fill Procedure".

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury before starting and running the engine, ensure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface, parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked.

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST


To avoid injury from inhaling engine exhaust, always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area.
Engine exhaust is toxic.

15. Start the engine and check for leaks.

20.7 Valve Lash Adjustments


Accurate adjustment of clearance between intake and exhaust valves is important if maximum performance and economy are
to be obtained.

144 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

NOTICE: Failure to measure valve clearances at the required initial period and make necessary adjustments may
result in gradual degrading of engine performance and reduced fuel combustion efficiency.

NOTE: Every time the valve lash is adjusted the engine brake lash will also need to be set.

NOTE: Adjust the valve lash before setting the engine brake lash.

1. Turn engine OFF, (key OFF, engine OFF).


2. Steam clean the engine.
3. Disconnect the starting power for the engine. Refer to OEM procedures.
4. Remove the air cleaner and the turbocharger inlet pipe and hose. Refer to OEM procedures.
5. Remove air cleaner housing. Refer to OEM procedures.
6. Remove the rocker cover. Refer to section "Removal of the Rocker Cover"
7. Using special tool (J-46392 or W904589046300), bar the engine over until cylinder number one is at Top Dead Center
(TDC) compression stroke.
8. Using a feeler gauge (1), lash intake valves one, two and four to 0.4 mm (0.016 in.).
a. Figure below displays the old style intake camshaft with 12 lobes and the old style rocker arms. These
components were utilized on DD13 engines built before engine serial number HDE0079072 and on the DD15 &
DD16 engines built before HDE0077481.

b. Figure below displays the new style intake camshaft with 6 lobes and bridged rocker arms. These components
were installed on DD13 engines beginning with engine serial number HDE0079072 and on the DD15 &DD16
engines beginning with engine serial number HDE0077481. The components are not backwards compatible.

All information subject to change without notice. 145


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
20 Intake and Exhaust Valves and Valve Springs

9. Using a feeler gauge (1), lash exhaust valves one, three and five to 0.6 mm (0.024 in.).
10. Using special tool (J-46392 or W904589046300), bar the engine over 360° until cylinder number six is at TDC
compression stroke.
11. Lash intake valves three, five, and six to 0.4 mm (0.016 in.).
12. Lash exhaust valves two, four and six to 0.6 mm (0.024 in.).
13. Torque the locknut valve adjusting screw to 50 N·m (37 lb·ft).
14. Remove any tools used for this procedure.
15. Set the engine brake lash. Refer to section "Setting the Engine Brake Lash"

20.8 Setting the Engine Brake Lash

Table 11.
Tool Number Tool Name Engine Lash Measurement
W470589022300 Engine Brake Adjustment DD15 & DD16 - Engines built before 4.1 mm (0.1614 in.)
Tool HDE0077481
DD13 - Engines built before 4.1 mm (0.1614 in.)
HDE0079072
W470589042300 Engine Brake Adjustment DD15 & DD16 - Engines built starting 4.6 mm (0.1811 in.)
Tool with HDE0077481
DD13 - Engines built starting with 4.6 mm (0.1811 in.)
HDE0079072

Set the brake lash as follows:


1. Set the lash on all the exhaust adjusting screws first (all the adjusting screws in direct contact with the exhaust valves).
2. Rotate the engine until a given cylinder is at maximum intake lift. When this is reached, the brake lash can be set on
this cylinder.
3. When the engine brake rocker arm is in contact with the exhaust valve, set the lash between the engine brake rocker
arm adjusting screw and the actuator piston stem.

146 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

a. DD15 & DD16 engines built before HDE0077481 use Engine Brake Adjustment tool W470589022300; set the
lash to 4.1 mm (0.1614 in.).
b. DD 15 & DD16 engines built starting with HDE0077481 use Engine Brake Adjustment tool W470589042300;
set the lash to 4.6 mm (0.1811 in.).
c. DD13 engines built before HDE0079072 use Engine Brake Adjustment Tool W470589022300; set the lash to 4.1
mm (0.1614 in.).
d. DD13 engines built starting with HDE0079072 use Engine Brake Adjustment tool W470589042300; set the lash
to 4.6 mm (0.1811 in.).
4. Lash the engine brakes in the following firing order: 1, 5, 3, 6, 2, and 4.
5. Torque the locknut valve adjusting screw to 50 N·m (37 lb·ft).
6. Install the rocker cover. Refer to section "Installation of the Rocker Cover".
7. Reconnect the battery power to the engine. Refer to OEM procedures.

All information subject to change without notice. 147


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
21 Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly

21 Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly

21.1 Description and Operation of the Piston and Connecting Rod and Related Parts
The connecting rods are forged from a high strength steel. A connecting rod bushing is pressed into the small end of the
connecting rod.

1. Connecting Rod Bolt (2 qty.) 6. Oil Control Ring


2. Connecting Rod Bushing 7. Compression Ring
3. Retaining Ring (2 qty.) 8. Fire Ring
4. Piston Pin 9. Connecting Rod
5. Piston
Figure 31. Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly
Each piston has an oil control ring (6), a middle compression ring (7), and a fire ring (8).

148 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

1. Piston Skirt 8. Fire Ring


2. Cover Plate (EPA07 pistons only) 9. Cooling Galley
3. Piston Pin 10. Combustion Bowl
4. Retaining Clip 11. Piston Dome
5. Piston Boss 12. Top Land
6. Oil Control Ring 13. Second Land
7. Compression Ring
Figure 32. Piston

21.2 Removal of the Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury, never remove any engine component while the engine is running.

Remove as follows:
1. Drain the engine cooling system. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".
2. Drain the engine oil.
3. Remove the oil pan. Refer to section "Removal of the Oil Pan".
4. Remove the camshaft housing and associated parts. Refer to section "Removal of the Camshaft Housing".
5. Remove the cylinder head and gasket.
For the DD13: Refer to section "Removal of the DD13 Cylinder Head".
For the DD15 and DD16: Refer to section "Removal of the DD15 and DD16 Cylinder Head".

NOTICE: Be cautious not to damage the carbon scraper ring. It will be reused unless it is damaged or the cylinder
liner is to be replaced.

6. Use Scotch-Brite® pads to remove any carbon deposits from the upper inner surface (1) of the cylinder liner.

7. For GHG14 engines, remove the Carbon Scraper Ring on the inner diameter of the cylinder liner.
8. Remove the piston oil spray nozzles (1) from the base of the cylinder bores and discard the nozzles.

All information subject to change without notice. 149


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
21 Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly

9. Position the crankshaft for each piston and connecting rod assembly to be removed at bottom dead center.

NOTICE: The connecting rod assembly is a cracked rod design. Ensure when the bearing cap is removed that it
is placed on its side. Damage to the bearing cap will occur if it is placed on end; the connecting rod assembly will
need to be replaced if the cap is damaged.

10. Remove the connecting rod bearing cap with lower bearing shell from the connecting rod. Discard the bolts.
11. Remove the piston and connecting rod assembly through the top of the cylinder liner.

NOTE: When removed, the bearing cap and the bearing shell must be assembled to its original connecting rod
before another connecting rod bearing cap is removed.

12. Assemble the connecting rod bearing cap and lower bearing shell to the connecting rod after removal. If not already
marked, match-mark the rod and cap (on the tang side) with the cylinder number from where they were removed.

21.3 Disassembly of Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly


Disassemble as follows:

NOTE: Stamping cylinder numbers on the piston assembly will damage the components.

Piston assembly components should be segregated by cylinder and match-marked during disassembly to ensure they are
assembled in the same position and orientation.
1. Place the piston, dome down, on the table.
2. Using appropriate flat-nosed pliers, remove the retaining rings from the piston boss.
3. Slide out the piston wrist pin and remove the connecting rod from piston.

21.4 Assembly of the Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly


Assemble as follows:
1. Using appropriate flat-nosed pliers, install one of the retaining rings into a retaining ring recess in the piston. Orient the
retaining ring gap (1) to either the 12 o'clock or 6 o'clock position.

150 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

2. Liberally lubricate the piston pin bore, the piston pin, and the connecting rod bushing in the small end of the connecting
rod with 80/90w oil (or equivalent).
3. Position the long end of the connecting rod (2) on the same side as the valve relief (1) in the top of the piston.

4. Install piston pin into the pin bore, through the rod, until it rests against the previously installed retaining ring.
5. Using the appropriate flat-nosed pliers, install the other retaining ring into the retaining ring recess in the piston boss to
lock the pin in place. Orient the retaining ring gap to either the 12 o'clock or 6 o'clock position.

21.5 Installation of the Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly

All information subject to change without notice. 151


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
21 Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly

Table 12.
Service Tools Used in the Procedure
Tool Number Description Graphic

W470589011400 DD13 Carbon Scraper Ring tool

W470589021400 DD15 Carbon Scraper Ring tool

W470589005900 DD13 Piston Ring Compressor

J-47386 DD15/16 Piston Ring Compressor

W470589015900 DD15/16 Piston Ring Compressor

NOTICE: DO NOT over-expand the piston rings. Over expansion of the piston rings during installation can lead to
hairline cracks resulting in ring failure.

Install as follows:
1. If the rings have been removed, install them into the grooves of the piston and rotate 120° apart as follows:
a. Install the oil ring expander in the lowest groove in the piston.
b. Install the oil control ring (top label up) in the lowest groove around the oil ring expander.
c. Install the compression ring (top label up) in the middle groove.
d. Install the fire ring (top label up) in the top groove.

152 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

2. Allowable new ring end gaps for (A), (B), and (C) are shown below.

Table 13.
Ring Ring End Gap
Fire Ring (A) 0.35 - 0.75 mm (0.024 - 0.030 in.)
Compression Ring (B) 0.7 - 0.9 mm (0.027 - 0.035 in.)
Oil Control Ring (C) 0.4 - 0.6 mm (0.016 - 0.024 in.)

3. Add clean engine oil to a clean pan at least 305 mm (12 in.) in diameter, until the level reaches approximately 76 mm
(3 in.).
4. Place the piston and connecting rod assembly into the pan, with the combustion dome of the piston on the bottom of the
pan.
5. Coat the upper connecting rod bearing shell with clean engine oil.
6. Coat the piston skirt liberally with the engine oil, saturating the piston rings and ring lands.
7. Coat the inside diameter of the piston ring compressor tool with clean engine oil.
For the DD13: use piston ring compressor tool (W470589005900).
For the DD15 and DD16: use piston ring compressor tool (J-47386).
For the DD15 and DD16: piston ring compressor tool (W470589015900) may also be used.
8. Place piston on a bench with dome side down; install piston ring compressor tool.
9. Once the ring compressor is clamped, ensure the piston can rotate freely. If rotation is hindered, remove the compressor
and reposition the dome and rings, or inspect for ring damage.
10. Lubricate the inside of the cylinder liner with clean engine oil.
11. On GHG14 and EuroIV engines, position the carbon scraper ring tool into the recessed area of the cylinder liner.
a. For DD13: use tool part number W470589011400.
b. For DD15 and DD16: use tool part number W470589021400.

NOTICE: Failure to orient the piston and connecting rod assembly properly during piston installation may result in
the bearing end of the rod striking the nozzle, causing damage to the nozzle or loosening it from the block. A
damaged, bent, or loosened nozzle may cause a loss of main gallery pressure. In these cases, piston overheating
or lack of adequate lubrication may result in severe engine damage.

12. Position the throw of the crankshaft to bottom dead center for the cylinder being installed with the piston and
connecting rod assembly.
13. Ensure the valve relief (1) located on the top of the piston is facing towards the exhaust side of the engine during
installation. The piston also has an arrow (2) that should face the front of the engine. The connecting rod has a serial
number printing that must also face towards the exhaust side of the engine.

All information subject to change without notice. 153


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
21 Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly

14. Align the ring compressor guide pins (if equipped) over the two bolt holes on the top of the cylinder block.

NOTICE: DO NOT force the piston into the liner. Considerable force on the piston could scratch or otherwise
damage the inside of the cylinder liner. Therefore, care must be taken during the installation of the piston to
prevent damage.

15. With care and moderate pressure, press the piston into the liner.
16. Remove the ring compressor.
17. Push or tap the piston and connecting rod within the liner until the upper rod bearing is firmly seated on the appropriate
crankshaft journal.
18. For GHG14 and EuroIV engines, remove the carbon scraper ring tool.
19. Lubricate the lower bearing shell with clean engine oil.

NOTICE: Install the connecting rod bearing cap bolts by hand to prevent damage to the connecting rod bolt
threads.

20. Using new bolts, install the bearing cap (3) on the rod (1) with the numbers (2) on the same side and the arrow facing
forward.

154 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

21. Torque the connecting rod bolts alternately to the following:


For the DD13: 180 N·m (133 lb·ft) + 90° torque turn
For the DD15: 115 N·m (85 lb·ft) + 180° torque turn
For the DD16: 115 N·m (85 lb·ft) + 180° torque turn
22. Check connecting rod axial clearance by moving the rod from side to side on the crank journal. If there is no clearance,
check for proper bearing cap installation.

NOTICE: Ensure when installing the piston oil spray nozzles that damage to the nozzle does not occur. Damaged
oil spray nozzles could result in a loss of oil pressure to cool the pistons, which may cause engine damage.

23. Install the remaining piston and rod assemblies in the same manner.
24. Install new piston oil spray nozzles (1) at the base of the cylinder bores. Torque each piston spray nozzle bolt to 30
N·m (22 lb·ft).

All information subject to change without notice. 155


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
21 Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly

25. Set the piston to top dead center. Using a dial gauge and holder, measure piston protrusion relative to the cylinder
block. Repeat this measurement for each piston.
26. Allowable piston protrusion (A) is in the table below:

Table 14.
Engine Minimum Maximum
DD13 -0.201 mm (-0.0079 in) 0.2215 mm (0.0087 in.)
DD15 -0.213 mm (-0.0090 in.) 0.2075 mm (0.0081 in.)
DD16 -0.213 mm (-0.0090 in.) 0.2075 mm (0.0081 in.)

27. If piston protrusion is not between minimum and maximum specifications, check the following:
a. Inspect piston, piston pin boss, and piston pin for wear or damage. If damaged, repair as necessary.
b. Inspect connecting rod, checking for bent rod, piston pin bore wear or damage. If damaged, repair as necessary.
c. Inspect connecting rod bearings for wear or damage. If damage is found, replace rod bearings.
d. Inspect crankshaft for damage to rod journal or evidence of spun bearing. If damaged, repair as necessary.

156 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

NOTICE: Bending or warping the carbon scraper ring before or during installation can cause the ring to lose its
effectiveness while the engine is running.

28. For GHG14 engines, install the carbon scraper ring into the recession on the top of the cylinder liner.
29. Install a new cylinder head gasket and the cylinder head.
For the DD13: Refer to section "Installation of the DD13 Cylinder Head".
For the DD15 and DD16: Refer to section "Installation of the DD15 and DD16 Cylinder Head".

NOTICE: Debris from a failed bearing can damage the internal components of the oil pump. If debris is found in
the oil pan, replace the oil pump as necessary.

30. Install the lubricating oil pump inlet pipe and screen assembly, and the lubricating oil pump. Refer to section
"Installation of the Oil Pump, Oil Suction Manifold, and Oil Lines".
31. Install the oil pan. Refer to section "Installation of the Oil Pan".
32. Complete any other engine assembly as necessary.
33. After the engine has been completely assembled, refill the oil pan to the proper oil level on the dipstick.
34. Prime engine lubrication system. Refer to section "Priming the Engine Lubrication System".

NOTICE: Coolant system maintenance is very important. Bleed off all the air from the system and top off.

35. Close the drain cocks and fill the engine with the recommended coolant.
36. Verify repairs made to the piston and connecting rod assembly. If new parts such as pistons, rings, cylinder liners or
bearings were installed, operate the engine on the run-in schedule.

All information subject to change without notice. 157


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
22 Cylinder Liner

22 Cylinder Liner

22.1 Description and Operation of the Cylinder Liner and Related Parts
The cylinder liners feature a "bottom stop" design, which means that the cylinder liners are installed with a lower collar in the
cylinder block. This design allows for a shorter distance between cylinders and a more compact design for the cylinder block.
Each cylinder liner has two sealing rings: the upper sealing ring, sealed by the upper coolant jacket to the cylinder block bore,
and the lower sealing ring, sealed by the lower coolant jacket to the cylinder block bore. For GHG 14 engines, a removable
Carbon Scraper Ring (CSR) has been incorporated into a recessed area on top of the inner diameter of the liner. The CSR
prevents excess carbon build-up in the cylinder liner and the piston.

1. Cylinder Liner 5. Lower Coolant Jacket


2. Compression Seal Surface 6. Lower Collar
3. Upper Sealing Ring 7. Lower Sealing Ring
4. Upper Coolant Jacket 8. Bottom Stop Balcony
Figure 33. Cylinder Liner

22.2 Removal of the Cylinder Liner


Remove as follows:

NOTICE: The proper method must be followed when removing the cylinder liner. Damage to the liners and
cylinder block may occur if the proper tools and procedures are not used.

1. Remove the piston and connecting rod. Refer to section "Removal of the Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly"
2. Install cylinder liner removal tool (J-45876) into the cylinder liner.

158 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

3. Remove cylinder liner (2).

NOTICE: After removing the liners from the engine and prior to installation, always store them in an upright
position until ready for use. Liners left on their side for any length of time can become egg-shaped and distorted,
making installation in cylinder bores difficult or impossible. If the cylinder liners are to be reused, they should be
marked for cylinder location and engine orientation, a paint mark can be used to indicate the front of the engine so
they may be installed to the same cylinder from which they were removed.

4. Remove the two seal rings (1, 3) from the cylinder liner (2) and discard them.

22.3 Inspection of the Cylinder Liner


Inspect as follows:

NOTICE: Cavitation is due to poor cooling system maintenance. If uncorrected, it will eventually make holes
through the liner. This can result in combustion gases blowing water out of the radiator, oil in the coolant, or when
the engine is stopped will allow water to flow into the cylinder and result in major engine damage due to water in
the oil or hydraulic lockup.

1. Inspect the cylinder liner.


a. Check the cylinder liner for cracks or scoring. If cracks or scoring are present, replace the liner.
b. Check the cylinder liner for cavitation. If indication of cavitation is present, replace the liner.
c. Check for bore polishing; if detected, replace the cylinder liner.
d. On GHG14 engines, check the recessed area at the top of the liner where the Carbon Scraper Ring mounts. If
damaged, replace the liner.
2. Inspect the outside diameter of the liner.
a. Check the liner for fretting.
b. If any fretting is found, remove it from the surface of the liner with a course, flat stone.
3. Inspect the liner flange in two steps:
a. Inspect the top surface of compression seal for cracks, smoothness and flatness.
b. Inspect the balcony (bottom stop).
4. Inspect the block bore and cylinder liner.
a. Measure the block bore (B) and the outside diameter of the liner (A).
b. If the liner does not meet specification, replace with a new part.

All information subject to change without notice. 159


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
22 Cylinder Liner

Table 15.
Location DD13 DD15 DD16
158.98 to 159 mm (6.2590 to 166.98 to 167 mm (6.5740 to 166.98 to 167 mm (6.5740 to
A
6.2598 in.) 6.5748 in.) 6.5748 in.)
141.97 to 141.95 mm (5.589 to 148.95 to 148.97 mm (5.864 to 148.95 to 148.97 mm (5.864 to
B
5.588 in.) 5.865 in.) 5.865 in.)

5. Inspect the cylinder liner.


a. Check the two seal ring grooves for burrs or sharp edges.
b. If any are detected, smooth with a Scotch-Brite® pad.

22.4 Cleaning of the Cylinder Liner


Clean as follows:

NOTE: If using de-greasing solution to clean cylinder liner when finished, an application of clean engine oil will
need to be applied to protect the cylinder liner from corrosion.

1. If cleaning a new or used liner, use a clean cloth and clean engine oil.
2. On GHG14 engines, ensure the recessed area for the carbon scraper ring at the top of the inside of the liner is free of
any debris.

WARNING: EYE INJURY


To avoid injury from flying debris when using compressed air, wear adequate eye protection (face
shield or safety goggles) and do not exceed 276 kPa (40 psi) air pressure.

3. Dry the liner with compressed air.

NOTICE: If the liners are not to be installed at this time, oil them lightly with clean engine lubricating oil and store
them upright in a clean, dry area. Do not let the liners rest on their sides and do not store anything on top of the
liners.

4. Coat the bore of the liner with clean engine lubricating oil.

160 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

5. Allow the liner to sit for 10 minutes (to allow the oil to work into the surface finish).
6. Wipe the inside of the liner with white paper towels.
7. If a dark residue appears on the towels, repeat the oiling and wiping procedure until residue no longer appears.

22.5 Installation of the Cylinder Liner

Table 16.
Service Tools Used in the Procedure
Tool Number Tool Name Graphic

J-45876 Cylinder Liner Puller/Installer

J-47407
Cylinder Liner Installer
J-47407-128

J-47415 Liner Protrusion Plate

All information subject to change without notice. 161


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
22 Cylinder Liner

Install as follows:

NOTICE: Thoroughly clean the cylinder block, liner, and counter bores to remove any foreign material. Foreign
material in the cylinder liner counter bores can cause the liner to seat improperly. Clean with a wire brush.

1. Wipe the inside and outside of the liner clean.


2. Lubricate the seal rings with clean engine oil.

NOTICE:
Ensure when installed, the seal rings are properly seated in the proper grooves (1, 3).

3. Install the two new seal rings (1, 3) onto the cylinder liner (2).

4. Use cylinder liner installation tool J-45876 to install the cylinder liner in cylinder block bore.

5. Use the proper cylinder liner installation tool to seat the liner into the block.
a. For DD15 and DD16, use J-47407.
b. For DD13, use J-47407-128.

162 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

Table 17.
On the DD13 ensure the liner protrusion tool does not come in contact with adjacent liners (1). See figure below.

Table 18.
If the liner protrusion is being measured without tool J-47415, ensure the measurement is being taken from the correct area (1)
and not the edge (2) of the liner. See figure below.

All information subject to change without notice. 163


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
22 Cylinder Liner

6. Install the cylinder liner protrusion tool J-47415 onto the cylinder block. Thread four bolts through the tool and into a
head bolt hole and alternately torque the four bolts to 10 N·m ( 88.5 lb·in .).

Table 19.
Do not measure liner protrusion between the liners if there is slight erosion. See figure below.

164 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

7. Install a dial indicator and zero it out on the cylinder block.

All information subject to change without notice. 165


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
22 Cylinder Liner

8. Measure the distance from the top of the liner flange to the top of the block in all four locations (see arrows). Allowable
average liner protrusion is 0.1397 to 0.2692 mm (0.0055 to 0.0106 in.).

Table 20.
DD Platform Engine Liner Protrusion Specifications
Max. deviation per cylinder Max. deviation per engine
Minimum value Maximum value
(4 measuring points) (all 6 cylinders)
0.1397 mm (0.0055 in.) 0.26924 mm (0.0106 in.) 0.0889 mm (0.0035 in.) 0.0889 mm (0.0035 in.)

a. Add the four measurements together for each liner and divide by 4. This will give you the average liner
protrusion. For example: 0.1778 mm (0 .0070 in.) + 0.1905 mm (0.0075 in.) + 0.1702 mm (0.0067 in.) + 0.1829
mm (0.0072 in.) = 0.7214 mm (0.0284 in.); 0.7214 mm (0.0284 in.) divided by 4 = 0.18035 mm (0.0071 in.).
b. If the average liner protrusion for a cylinder exceeds the allowable maximum value, remove the piston and
connecting rod assembly (if installed), and then remove the liner to check for debris under the liner flange.

166 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

c. If the liner protrusion average is below the minimum value, replace the liner and recheck liner protrusion. If liner
protrusion is still below minimum value, contact Detroit™ Customer Support Center at 800-445-1980.

All information subject to change without notice. 167


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
23 Crankshaft

23 Crankshaft

23.1 Description and Operation of the Crankshaft and Related Parts


The crankshaft is made out of induction-hardened steel. The crankshaft bearing journals and connecting rod journals are
hardened in the boundary layer and then are ground. In order to avoid vibrations, counterweights are cast onto the guide-
ways. The crankshaft is mounted with seven crankshaft bearing journals in the crankcase. There are oil holes located at the
crankshaft bearing journal and the connecting rod journal through which the crankshaft bearing and connecting rod bearing
are lubricated.

NOTE: The DD13 engine has four counterweights, the DD15 and DD16 each have eight counterweights.

NOTE: The crankshaft throws on the DD16 are longer than on the DD15 crankshaft.

1. Crankshaft Bearing Journals 3. Counterweights (number varies by engine model)


2. Connecting Rod Bearing Journals 4. Arrows show oil passage locations
Figure 34. Crankshaft

168 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

1. Bolt 7. Vibration Damper


2. Main Bearing Caps 8. Upper Crankshaft Bearing Shells
3. Lower Crankshaft Bearing Shells 9. Thrust Washer
4. Lower Connecting Rod Bearing Shells 10. Crankshaft
5. Upper Connecting Rod Bearing Shells 11. Thrust Washer
6. Cylinder Block
Figure 35. DD13 Crankshaft and Related Parts

All information subject to change without notice. 169


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
23 Crankshaft

1. Bolt 6. Thrust Washer


2. Vibration Damper 7. Bolt
3. Cover Plate 8. Flywheel
4. Crankshaft Bearings 9. Ring Gear
5. Connecting Rod Bearings 10. Crankshaft
Figure 36. DD15 and DD16 Crankshaft and Related Parts

23.2 Removal of the Crankshaft


When removal of the crankshaft becomes necessary, first remove the transmission, then proceed as follows:
1. Steam clean the engine.
2. Drain the cooling system. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury when removing or installing a heavy engine component, ensure the component is
properly supported and securely attached to an adequate lifting device to prevent the component
from falling.

3. Drain the lubricating oil. Refer to OEM procedures.

WARNING: FALLING ENGINE


To avoid injury from a falling engine, ensure the engine is securely attached to the engine overhaul
stand before releasing the lifting sling.

4. Attach the cylinder head/engine lifting bar tool (W470589006200) with hooks to the three engine lifter brackets (one at
the front and two at the rear). Remove all engine-to-base attaching bolts and remove the engine from its chassis.

WARNING: FALLING ENGINE


To avoid injury from a falling engine, ensure the engine is securely attached to the engine overhaul
stand before releasing the lifting sling.

170 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

5. Remove and inspect all of the accessories and assemblies with their attaching parts, as necessary, to permit the engine
block adaptor to be bolted to the exhaust (right) side of the cylinder block. Mount the engine to the overhaul stand (J–
29109) with adaptor (J-47389-A).

6. Remove the oil pan. Refer to section "Removal of the Oil Pan".
7. Remove the oil pump. Refer to section "Removal of the Oil Pump, Oil Suction Manifold, and Oil Lines".
8. Remove the flywheel. Refer to section "Removal of the Flywheel".
9. Remove the flywheel housing. Refer to section "Removal of the Flywheel Housing".

NOTICE: Use care when removing the crankshaft pulley and vibration assembly. If the damper is allowed to fall,
damage to the internal components of the damper may result.

10. Loosen and remove two of the crankshaft pulley retaining bolts and hardened washers 180 degrees apart and install
flywheel guide studs tool (J–36235) in their place. Then loosen and remove the remaining six pulley retaining bolts and
hardened washers.
11. Remove the vibration damper assembly. Refer to section "Removal of the Vibration Damper".
12. Remove the front engine cover. Refer to section "Removal of the Front Engine Cover"
13. Remove connecting rod caps, and/or piston assemblies (if necessary). Refer to section "Removal of the Piston and
Connecting Rod Assembly".

All information subject to change without notice. 171


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
23 Crankshaft

14. Rotate the engine so the crankshaft is facing up.

NOTICE: Paint-mark the main bearing caps so that they can be installed to their respective, original positions.
The main bearing caps must be kept in sequence, so that they are installed to their original positions.

15. Loosen and remove the main bearing cap bolts. Using the main bearing cap puller tool (J–48884), remove the main
bearing caps for inspection.
16. Remove the thrust washers from each side of the No. 6 main bearing cap.
17. Remove the crankshaft.

23.3 Inspection of the Crankshaft and Related Parts


Inspect as follows:
1. Inspect the crankshaft for cracks.
2. If the crankshaft shows evidence of excessive overheating, replace the crankshaft since the heat treatment has probably
been destroyed.

WARNING: EYE INJURY


To avoid injury from flying debris when using compressed air, wear adequate eye protection (face
shield or safety goggles) and do not exceed 276 kPa (40 psi) air pressure.

3. Clean out the oil passages thoroughly with a stiff wire brush. Clean the crankshaft with fuel oil and dry it with
compressed air.
4. Check the crankshaft journal surfaces for score marks and other imperfections. If excessively scored, replace the
crankshaft.
5. Carefully inspect the front end of the crankshaft in the area of the oil seal contact surface for evidence of a rough or
grooved condition. Any imperfections of the oil seal contact surfaces will result in oil leakage at these points. If
excessively scored, replace the crankshaft.
6. Check the crankshaft thrust surfaces for excessive wear or grooving. If excessively worn, replace the crankshaft.
7. Inspect the crankshaft gear for damage. Replace if necessary.
8. Check the crankshaft journal run-out.

Table 21.
Journal 1 Journal 2 Journal 3 Journal 4 Journal 5 Journal 6 Journal 7
On V-block 0.040 mm 0.060 mm 0.090 mm 0.060 mm 0.040 mm On V-block
(0.0015 in.) (0.0024 in.) (0.0035 in.) (0.0024 in.) (0.0015 in.)

a. Set journals number 1 and number 7 on a pair of V-blocks


b. Rotate crankshaft and measure journals with a dial indicator
9. Check journals for damage.
10. Check main and rod bearings for wear or scoring. Replace as necessary.
11. Inspect the thrust washers for wear or scoring. Replace as necessary.
12. Inspect the main cap bolt length. If the length exceeds 200.5 mm (7.89 in.), replace the bolt.
13. Inspect the cylinder block journals. Refer to section "Inspection of the Main Bearing Bores"

23.4 Installation of the Crankshaft


Install as follows:

172 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

WARNING: EYE INJURY


To avoid injury from flying debris when using compressed air, wear adequate eye protection (face
shield or safety goggles) and do not exceed 276 kPa (40 psi) air pressure.

1. Steam clean the crankshaft to remove the rust preventive and blow out the oil passages with compressed air.
2. Install the upper main bearing shells in the block. If the old bearing shells are to be used again, install them in the same
locations from which they were removed.

NOTE: When a new crankshaft is installed, ALL new main and connecting rod (upper and lower) bearing shells
and new thrust washers must also be installed.

3. Install the thrust washer upper halves in the counterbores on either side of the No. 6 bearing saddle. Coat the backs of
the thrust washers (without oil grooves) with petroleum jelly and install with the oil-grooved sides facing away from
the saddle.
4. Apply clean engine oil 360 degrees around all crankshaft bearing journals and install the crankshaft.

NOTE: The main bearing caps are bored in position and stamped with position number. They must be installed in
their original positions with the marked (numbered) side of each cap toward the cooler side of the cylinder block.

NOTE: If the crankshaft is being replaced, ensure the connecting rod bearings, main bearings and thrust bearings
are replaced as well.

5. Install the lower main bearing shells in the main bearing caps as follows:
a. Align the tang on the lower main bearing shell with the groove in the main bearing cap. Install the bearing shell
to the main bearing cap.
b. If the old bearing shells are to be used again, install them in the same bearing caps from which they were
removed.
6. Check the main bearing cap bolt length.

Table 22.
DD13 175.5 mm (6.909 in.)
DD15 and DD16 200.5 mm (7.894 in.)

7. Install the main bearing caps together with lower bearing shells in place.
8. Apply a small quantity of clean engine oil to the bolt threads and underside of the bolt heads. Install the main bearing
cap bolts and draw them up snug.
9. Torque the main bearing cap bolt to 50 N·m (37 lb·ft).
10. Check the crankshaft end play as follows:
a. Move the crankshaft toward the gauge with a small 304 mm (less than 12 in.) pry bar. Keep a constant pressure
on the pry bar and zero the pointer on the dial indicator.
b. Remove and insert the pry bar on the other side of the bearing cap. Force the crankshaft in the opposite direction
and note the amount of end play on the dial.
c. The end play should be 0.099-0.419 mm (0.0039-0.0165 in.). Insufficient end play can be the result of a
misaligned No. 6 main bearing, a misaligned upper thrust washer or a burr or dirt on the inner face of one or more
of the thrust washers.

NOTE: If the bearings have been installed properly, the crankshaft will turn freely with all of the main bearing cap
bolts drawn to the specified torque.

11. For the DD13; torque all of the main bearing cap bolts, in three steps, using the sequence shown below. Torque the
main bearing cap bolts to:
a. 150 N·m (111 lb·ft)
b. 300 N·m (221 lb·ft)

All information subject to change without notice. 173


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
23 Crankshaft

c. 90° torque turn


12. For the DD15 and DD16; torque all of the main bearing cap bolts, in four steps, using the sequence shown below.
Torque the main bearing cap bolts to:
a. 150 N·m (111 lb·ft)
b. 250 N·m (184 lb·ft)
c. 1st 90° torque turn
d. 2nd 90° torque turn

13. Install the piston and connecting rod assemblies. Refer to section "Installation of the Piston and Connecting Rod
Assembly".
14. If removed, install the cylinder head.
Refer to section "Installation of the DD13 Cylinder Head".
Refer to section "Installation of the DD15 and DD16 Cylinder Head".
15. If removed, install the camshaft housing. Refer to section "Installation of the Camshaft Housing".
16. If removed, install the gear train. Refer to section "Installation and Timing of Engine Gear Train".
17. Install the flywheel housing. Refer to section "Installation of the Flywheel Housing".
18. Replace the rear crankshaft oil seal with new seal. Refer to section "Installation of the Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal".
19. Install the flywheel. Refer to section "Installation of the Flywheel".
20. Install the oil pump, inlet and outlet pipes. Refer to section "Installation of the Oil Pump, Oil Suction Manifold, and Oil
Lines".
21. Replace the front crankshaft oil seal with new seal. Refer to section "Installation of the Front Crankshaft Oil Seal".
22. Install the crankshaft pulley and vibration damper assembly. Refer to section "Installation of the Vibration Damper".
23. Install the oil pan. Refer to section "Installation of the Oil Pan".

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury when removing or installing a heavy engine component, ensure the component is
properly supported and securely attached to an adequate lifting device to prevent the component
from falling.

24. Use a cylinder head/engine lifting bar tool (W470589006200) with hooks attached to the lifting brackets at each end of
the engine and remove the engine from the overhaul stand.
25. Remove the overhaul stand adaptor plate from the engine block.
26. Install any accessories that were removed.
27. Install the engine to the equipment from which it was removed.
28. Fill the cooling system. Refer to section "Cooling System Fill Procedure".
29. Prime engine lubrication system. Refer to section "Priming the Engine Lubrication System".

174 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

30. After replacing the main or connecting rod bearings or installing a new crankshaft, verify repairs.

23.5 Inspection of the Main and Connecting Rod Bearing in Chassis

Table 23.
Service Tools Used in the Procedure
Tool Number Tool Name Engine
J-46392 or W904589046300 Engine Barring Tool DD Platform
J–48884 Main Cap Puller DD Platform

Inspect as follows:
1. Drain the lubricating oil. Refer to section "How to Replace the Lubricating Oil and Oil Filter".
2. Remove the oil pan. Refer to section "Removal of the Oil Pan".
3. Remove the oil pump. Refer to section "Removal of the Oil Pump, Oil Suction Manifold, and Oil Lines".
4. Using engine barring tool (J-46392 or W904589046300), position the crankshaft for each piston and connecting rod
assembly to be removed at bottom dead center (BDC).

NOTICE: The connecting rod assembly is a cracked rod design. Ensure when the connecting rod bearing cap is
removed that it is placed on its side. Damage to the connecting rod bearing cap will occur if it is placed on end;
the connecting rod assembly will need to be replaced if the connecting rod bearing cap is damaged.

NOTICE: When removed, the connecting rod bearing cap and the connecting rod bearing must be assembled to
its original connecting rod before another connecting rod bearing cap is removed.

5. Remove the connecting rod bearing cap with the connecting rod bearing.
6. Inspect the connecting rod bearing for damage. If the connecting rod bearing is damaged, replace all main and
connecting rod bearings.
a. Acceptable bearing wear (1).

All information subject to change without notice. 175


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
23 Crankshaft

b. Unacceptable wear on bearings may be noted by cavitation (1), debris scratch (2), or high debris scratches (3).

7. Inspect the connecting rod journal on the crankshaft for score marks, bearing material and discoloration. If score marks,
bearing material or discoloration is present, replace the crankshaft.
8. Check the connecting rod bearing cap bolts for maximum length. If any connecting rod bearing cap bolt is out of
specification, replace the out of specification connecting rod bearing cap bolt.

Table 24.
Connecting Rod Bearing Cap Bolt Maximum Length
DD13 DD15 DD16
79 mm (3.11 in.) 82.3 mm (3.240 in.) 82.3 mm (3.240 in.)

NOTICE: Connecting rod cap number (2) and connecting rod number (2) must match.

9. Install the connecting rod bearing cap with bearing on to the connecting rod so that the connecting rod cap machined
side (3) is mated to the connecting rod machined side (1).

176 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

10. Torque the connecting rod bearing cap bolts alternately to the following:
For the DD13: 190 N·m (140 lb·ft) + 90° torque turn
For the DD15: 115 N·m (85 lb·ft) + 180° torque turn
For the DD16: 115 N·m (85 lb·ft) + 180° torque turn
11. Check connecting rod axial clearance by moving the connecting rod from side to side on the crankshaft journal. If there
is no clearance, check for proper connecting rod bearing cap installation.
12. Repeat steps 4 through 10 for the remaining connecting rod bearings.

NOTICE: When removed, the main bearing cap and the main bearing must be assembled to its original location
before another main bearing cap is removed.

13. Remove one pair of main bearing cap bolts.


14. Using the main cap puller tool (J–48884), remove one main bearing cap from the cylinder block.
15. Inspect the main bearing for damage. Refer to the illustration below. If the main bearing is damaged, replace all main
bearings.
a. Acceptable bearing wear (1).

All information subject to change without notice. 177


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
23 Crankshaft

b. Unacceptable wear on bearings may be noted by cavitation (1), debris scratch (2), or high debris scratches (3).

16. Inspect the crankshaft journal for score marks, bearing material and discoloration. If score marks, bearing material or
discoloration is present, replace the crankshaft.
17. Check the main bearing cap bolts for maximum length. If main bearing cap bolt is out of specification, replace the main
bearing cap bolt.

178 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

Table 25.
Main Bearing Cap Bolt Maximum Length
DD13 175.5 mm (6.909 in.)
DD15 and DD16 200.5 mm (7.894 in.)

NOTICE: The main bearing caps are bored in position and stamped with a position number. They must be
installed in their original positions with the marked (numbered) side of each cap toward the intake side of the
cylinder block.

18. Install the main bearing cap with the main bearing on to the cylinder block.
19. Torque the main bearing cap bolts to 50 N·m (37 lb·ft).
20. For the DD13; torque the main bearing cap bolts, in three steps, using the sequence shown below. Torque the main
bearing cap bolts to:
a. 150 N·m (111 lb·ft)
b. 300 N·m (221 lb·ft)
c. 90° torque turn
21. For the DD15 and DD16; torque the main bearing cap bolts, in four steps, using the sequence shown below. Torque the
main bearing cap bolts to:
a. 150 N·m (111 lb·ft)
b. 250 N·m (184 lb·ft)
c. 1st 90° torque turn
d. 2nd 90° torque turn

NOTE: If the bearings have been installed properly, the crankshaft will turn freely with all of the main bearing cap
bolts drawn to the specified torque.

22. Repeat steps 12 thru 19 for the remaining main bearings.


23. Install the oil pump, inlet and outlet pipes. Refer to section "Installation of the Oil Pump, Oil Suction Manifold, and Oil
Lines".

All information subject to change without notice. 179


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
23 Crankshaft

24. Install the oil pan. Refer to section "Installation of the Oil Pan".
25. Prime engine lubrication system. Refer to section "Priming the Engine Lubrication System".
26. If new main or connecting rod bearings were installed, verify correct engine oil pressure.
For DD13 engines, Refer to section "DD13 Oil Pressure Specifications".
For DD15 and DD16 engines, Refer to section "DD15 and DD16 Oil Pressure Specifications".

180 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

24 Crankshaft Oil Seals

24.1 Removal of the Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal


Remove as follows:
1. Remove the flywheel from the flywheel housing (1).

NOTICE: When drilling pilot holes in the seal, ensure that the drill is straight and perpendicular to the seal. Failure
to drill the holes straight could result in damage to the seal bore, resulting in replacement of the flywheel housing.

NOTE: When drilling the holes for screws, make sure to coat the drill bit with grease to catch the shavings.

2. Drill 3.174 mm (0.125 in.) pilot holes in the seal (2); use the sheet metal screws and the rear crankshaft seal Installer
remover tool (W470589004300); remove and discard the oil seal (2).

24.2 Installation of the Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal


Install as follows:

NOTE: The standard size rear oil seal has an inside diameter of 138 mm (5.433 in.).

1. Inspect the contact area of the flywheel for damage and wear. If it is scored or worn, replace it.

NOTE: For ease of installation into the flywheel housing, apply a light coating of a soapy water solution to the
outer diameter (2) of the seal.

2. Install the new rear seal (2) onto the rear crankshaft seal installer (w470589004300).

All information subject to change without notice. 181


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
24 Crankshaft Oil Seals

3. Position the seal into the flywheel housing (1).

4. Install the seal by turning the forcing screw until the tool bottoms out on the end of the crankshaft.
5. Remove tool (W470589004300) and visually check the seal and sealing lip for correct installation.
6. Install the flywheel into the flywheel housing (1). Refer to section "Installation of the Flywheel"

24.3 Removal of the Front Crankshaft Oil Seal


Remove as follows:
1. Remove the poly-V-belts. Refer to section "Removal of the Poly-V-Belts"
2. Remove the belt tensioner. Refer to section "Removal of the Belt Tensioner"
3. Remove the vibration damper. Refer to section "Removal of the Vibration Damper"
4. Install front crankshaft seal installer / remover tool (W541589023300).

182 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

NOTICE: When installing self-drilling screws for the removal of seal, ensure the screws are straight and
perpendicular to the seal. Failure to install the screws straight could result in damage to the seal bore, resulting in
the replacement of the front cover.

NOTE: When installing the screws, make sure to coat them with grease to catch the shavings.

NOTICE: Handle the new seal with care. Do not touch or bend the seal lip; bending the lip will damage the seal
and cause it to leak.

5. Remove the seal and discard the seal.

24.4 Installation of the Front Crankshaft Oil Seal


Install as follows:

WARNING: EYE INJURY


To avoid injury from flying debris when using compressed air, wear adequate eye protection (face
shield or safety goggles) and do not exceed 276 kPa (40 psi) air pressure.

NOTE: The standard size front seal has an inside diameter of 100 mm (3.937 in.).

NOTICE: Handle the new seal with care. Do not bend the seal lip; bending the lip will damage the seal and cause
it to leak.

1. Use air to clean the sealing surfaces on the cover and crankshaft.

NOTE: Seal lip should face outward for proper installation.

2. Install a new seal onto plastic seal installation tool.

NOTE: The plastic seal installation tool is a one time use item; discard after using.

3. Install seal and plastic installation tool into the front cover and crankshaft; remove plastic seal installation tool and
discard.
4. Install the front crankshaft seal installer/remover tool (W541589023300) with front seal installing ring
(W541589003400) to the crankshaft.

All information subject to change without notice. 183


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
24 Crankshaft Oil Seals

5. Install the seal by turning the forcing screw until the tool bottoms out on the end of the crankshaft.
6. Remove the tool and visually check the seal and sealing lip for correct installation. The felt should face outward and the
seal lip should face inward when installed correctly.
7. Install the vibration damper pulley and torque the eight bolts to 200 N·m (147.5 lb·ft). Refer to section "Installation of
the Vibration Damper"
8. Install the poly-V belts. Refer to section "Installation of the Poly-V-Belts"

184 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

25 Lubrication System

25.1 Description and Operation of the Lubrication System and Related Components
A schematic of the lubrication system in the following illustration shows the oil flow to the engine components.

1. Engine Brake 9. Oil Cooler and Housing


2. Turbocharger 10. Oil Filter
3. Crankcase Breather 11. Oil Refill
4. Oil Pump 12. Intake Rocker Arm Supply Spindle
5. Pressure Valve 13. Engine Brake Supply
6. Backflow Valve 14. Exhaust Rocker Arm Supply Spindle
7. Suction Pipe 15. Gear Train Oil Supply
8. Oil Spray Nozzle 16. Main Bearing Supply
Figure 37. DD13 Oil Flow Schematic

All information subject to change without notice. 185


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
25 Lubrication System

1. Engine Brake 10. Oil Cooler and Housing


2. Turbocharger 11. Oil Filter
3. Axial Power Turbine 12. Oil Refill
4. Crankcase Breather 13. Intake Rocker Arm Spindle Supply
5. Oil Pump 14. Engine Brake Supply
6. Pressure Valve 15. Exhaust Rocker Arm Spindle Supply
7. Backflow Valve 16. Gear Train Oil Supply
8. Suction Pipe 17. Main Bearing Supply
9. Oil Spray Nozzle
Figure 38. DD15 and DD16 Oil Flow Schematic

186 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

26 Oil Pan

26.1 Description and Operation of the Oil Pan and Related Components
Depending on manufacturer, the oil pan is either glass fiber reinforced plastic or aluminum. Sealing of the oil pan takes place
using a metal elastomer pre-formed gasket for the aluminum pan or an elastomer gasket for the plastic pan. The oil pan seal
has high sealing reliability and noise reduction. In order to determine the engine oil level, there is a conventional oil dipstick.

1. Bolt and Isolator 11. Bracket


2. Oil Pan 12. Bracket
3. Gasket 13. Dipstick and Guide Tube
4. Bolt 14. Clamp
5. Bolt 15. Threaded Insert
6. Nut 16. Seal Ring
7. Bracket 17. Connecting Nut
8. Clamp 18. Seal Ring
9. Bolt 19. Drain Plug
10. Bolt
Figure 39. Oil Pan and Related Parts

26.2 Removal of the Oil Pan

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury, never remove any engine component while the engine is running.

Remove as follows:
1. Clean any debris on the oil filter housing around the oil filter cap.
2. Open the oil filter and cap.

All information subject to change without notice. 187


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
26 Oil Pan

3. Remove the drain plug and drain the engine oil. Discard oil drain plug O-ring.
4. Remove the dipstick.

NOTE: The oil pan dipstick tube adaptor cannot be removed from the oil pan or damage may occur. If the dipstick
guide tube will not come off the adapter it can be cut in order to remove the oil pan from the engine without
damaging the adapter.

5. Loosen the dipstick tube on the oil pan. Refer to section "Removal of the Oil Dipstick Tube".
6. Loosen the eighteen oil pan bolts. The bolts will remain installed to the pan.

NOTE: Depending on the vehicle application, the front axle may need to be lowered to allow proper clearance for
the pan to be removed from the engine.

7. Remove the oil pan, taking care not to damage the oil pump inlet pipe and screen.
8. Remove the oil pan seal and check for damage.

26.3 Cleaning of the Oil Pan


Clean as follows:
1. Clean the oil pan and attaching hardware with clean fuel oil or solvent.

WARNING: EYE INJURY


To avoid injury from flying debris when using compressed air, wear adequate eye protection (face
shield or safety goggles) and do not exceed 276 kPa (40 psi) air pressure.

2. Dry with compressed air.

NOTICE: Do not use solvents to clean gaskets. Damage to the gasket will result.

3. Clean the surfaces the cylinder block, all four T-joints, front cover, oil pan, and flywheel housing where they mate.

26.4 Inspection of the Oil Pan


Inspect as follows:
1. Check bolts and isolator assemblies for dryness, tears, or damage. Replace as necessary.
2. Check oil pan for dents, cracks or damage. Replace as necessary.
3. Inspect threaded inserts for cracks or damage. Replace as necessary.
4. Clean seals and lubricate seal grooves (if applicable) with clean fuel oil and inspect for cracks or tears. If damage is
found, replace oil pan.

26.5 Removal of the Threaded Insert (Plastic Oil Pan Only)


Remove as follows:
1. Please refer to 13TL-3Rev for service instructions.

26.6 Installation of the Threaded Insert (Plastic Oil Pan Only)


Install as follows:
1. Please refer to 13TL-3Rev for service instructions.

188 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

26.7 Installation of the Oil Pan


Install as follows:
1. If the oil pump was removed, Refer to section "Installation of the Oil Pump, Oil Suction Manifold, and Oil Lines".
2. When a plastic oil pan is used, insert the raised lip portion of the seal into the groove in the oil pan. Press down on the
isolator seal and insert it completely around the oil pan. Be careful not to stretch or bunch the seal. For best results,
install the seal at each corner, then at points half way between the corners. Continue in this manner, halving the
distance and seating the seal.
3. For the aluminum oil pan, place the gasket on the top of the pan.
4. Apply a 5mm diameter bead of Loctite® 5970 or equivalent to the four corners circled below on the gasket.

5. Install the eighteen oil pan bolts and sleeve assemblies through the pan rail into the holes in the gasket.
6. Ensure the joint surfaces of the gear case, the cylinder block, and front cover are cleaned and there is no damage that
could prevent sealing.
7. Install the oil pan assembly in position on the cylinder block.

NOTE: Oil pan (1) is Duraplastic. Oil pan (2) is Thermoplastic.

NOTICE: Before torquing, bolt grade must be determined by a marking on the bolt head. Grade 8.8 oil pan bolts
cannot be torqued above 25 N·m (18 lb·ft) or damage to the bolt will occur.

8. Ensure that the seal has not been disturbed. Torque the eighteen oil pan bolt assemblies using the proper sequence
shown below.

All information subject to change without notice. 189


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
26 Oil Pan

a. For a Duraplastic oil pan, torque bolts to 20 to 25 N·m (15 to 18 lb·ft).


b. For the aluminum and thermoplastic oil pans, torque bolts to 30 to 35 N·m (22 to 26 lb·ft).

NOTE: The corner bolts on the oil pan will be torqued twice, as each is marked with two numbers in graphic
above.

9. Install the oil pan drain plug with a new O-ring and torque the plug:
a. On a plastic oil pan, torque plug to 45 N·m +/- 7 N·m (33 lb·ft +/- 5 lb·ft).
b. On an aluminum oil pan torque plug to 60 N·m +/- 9 N·m (44 lb·ft +/- 6 lb·ft).
10. Install bolt at harness P-clip on the front center of the oil pan.
11. Install the dipstick.
12. Install the oil filter and cap. Torque to 55 N·m (40 lb·ft).

190 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

13. If oil pump was removed, Refer to section "Installation of the Oil Pump, Oil Suction Manifold, and Oil Lines".
14. Prime the lubrication system. Refer to section "Priming the Engine Lubrication System".
15. Refill the oil pan with lubricating oil. Refer to section "Engine Oil Capacities".

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury before starting and running the engine, ensure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface, parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked.

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST


To avoid injury from inhaling engine exhaust, always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area.
Engine exhaust is toxic.

16. Start the engine and inspect for leaks.

All information subject to change without notice. 191


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
27 Oil Level/Temperature Sensor

27 Oil Level/Temperature Sensor

27.1 Description and Operation of the Oil Level/Temperature Sensor


The oil level/temperature sensor is mounted in the oil pan on the left side of the engine. The motor control module (MCM-
MCM2-MCM2.1) determines the oil level and temperature by sending a current of voltage to the sensor and measuring the
returned amount of voltage to provide the oil quantity and temperature present in the oil pan.

27.2 Removal of the Oil Level/Temperature Sensor


Remove as follows:
1. Disconnect the three-pin connector on the oil level/temperature sensor (1).
2. Remove the oil level/temperature sensor (1) from the oil pan (3). Discard the seal ring (2).

27.3 Installation of the Oil Level/Temperature Sensor


Install as follows:
1. Install the oil level/temperature sensor with a new seal ring in the oil pan.
a. On an aluminum oil pan, use a copper crush-style seal ring. Torque sensor to 60 N·m (44 lb·ft).
b. On a plastic oil pan, use a rubber seal ring. Torque to 10 N·m (7 lb·ft).
2. Connect the three-pin connector to the oil level/temperature sensor.

192 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

28 Oil Dipstick Tube

28.1 Description and Operation of the Oil Dipstick Tube and Related Components
DD Platform engines share a similar oil dipstick tube design. The dipstick inserts into the oil pan through the dipstick guide
tube and oil pan adaptor. A lower dipstick bracket and hose clamp secure the assembly to the cylinder block. The oil dipstick
tube and oil pan adaptor allow the dipstick to extend into the oil. The oil level is observed by removing the dipstick and
reading the oil level.

1. Upper Dipstick Stabilizing Bracket (DD15/DD16 only) 4. Oil Dipstick Tube


2. Dipstick 5. Hose Clamp
3. Lower Dipstick Bracket 6. Oil Pan Adaptor
Figure 40. Oil Dipstick Tube

28.2 Removal of the Oil Dipstick Tube


Remove as follows:
1. Loosen the hose clamp (6) attaching oil dipstick tube (2) to the oil pan adaptor.
2. Remove all P-clips (4) attaching oil dipstick tube to bracket (1) and upper bracket on the DD15 and DD16.

All information subject to change without notice. 193


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
28 Oil Dipstick Tube

3. Remove oil dipstick tube from engine.

28.3 Installation of the Oil Dipstick Tube


Install as follows:
1. Install oil dipstick tube (2) onto the oil pan adaptor.

2. Attach all P-clips (4) to the bracket (1) and upper bracket on DD15 and DD16.
3. Tighten the hose clamp (6) attaching the oil dipstick tube to the adaptor.

194 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

29 Oil Pump, Oil Suction Manifold, and Oil Lines

29.1 Description and Operation of Oil Pump and Related Components


The oil pump supplies all of the engine oil circuits with engine oil. The oil pump ensures that engine oil is available under all
operating conditions, in adequate quantities, at the required pressure, and to the respective locations.
A crankshaft drive gear drives the oil pump drive gear. The oil pump drive gear drives the two impellers within the oil pump
housing. The rotational movement of the impellers and the design of the pump chamber suctions the engine oil from the oil
pan, through oil strainer to the oil pump inlet. The engine oil is delivered under pressure to the oil pump outlet, to the oil
pump pressure line and then through the return flow check valve to the main oil duct, into the engine oil circuit. The pressure
regulator valve regulates engine oil pressure. The pressure regulator valve has the oil pressure applied to it from the engine
oil in the main oil duct. Excess engine oil is fed by the pressure regulator valve to the suction side according to the oil
pressure in the main oil duct. This regulates the engine oil pressure and reduces the operating energy input of the oil pump.
High pressures in the oil circuit are avoided using the safety valve. High pressure can occur in the cold start phase of the
engine if the engine oil is not yet of sufficient viscosity. The safety valve opens at a pressure >10 bar and directs part of the
engine oil back into oil pan.

29.2 Removal of the Oil Pump, Oil Suction Manifold, and Oil Lines
Remove as follows:
1. Remove oil drain plug from the oil pan and drain the oil.
2. Remove the oil pan. Refer to section "Removal of the Oil Pan"
3. Remove the four bolts (2) securing the oil suction manifold (1) to the engine block (3).

4. Remove the oil suction manifold (1), oil lines (6 and 11) and O-rings (5 and 10). Discard the O-rings.
5. Remove the three bolts (7) securing the oil pump (9) to the engine block (3) and remove the oil pump assembly (8 and
9) from the engine block.

All information subject to change without notice. 195


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
29 Oil Pump, Oil Suction Manifold, and Oil Lines

29.3 Inspection of the Oil Pump, Oil Suction Manifold, and Oil Lines
Inspect as follows:

To avoid injury from flying debris when using compressed air, wear adequate eye protection (face
shield or safety goggles) and do not exceed 40 psi (276 kPa) air pressure.

1. Wash all parts in clean fuel oil and dry them with compressed air.
2. Clean the suction and pressure pipe and screen in clean fuel oil and blow dry with compressed air.

29.4 Installation of the Oil Pump, Oil Suction Manifold, and Oil Lines
Install as follows:
1. Check the oil pump part number to be sure it is correct for this application.

NOTICE: The DD13 and DD15 AT oil pump cannot be used on a DD15 or DD16 turbocompound engine. Failure
to install the correct pump or improper pump mounting will result in permanent damage to the engine. The oil
pump must mount flush to the bottom of the cylinder crankcase before installing the oil pan.

2. Position the oil pump on the cylinder block so that the drive gear of the oil pump meshes with the crankshaft gear.
3. Install oil pump with three bolts. Torque the bolts to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).
4. Install oil lines with new O-rings on each end.
5. Install four bolts and secure the oil intake manifold to the cylinder block. Torque the bolts to:
a. M10 diameter bolt to 60 N·m (44 lb·ft).
b. M8 diameter bolt to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).
6. Install the oil pan. Refer to section "Installation of the Oil Pan".

196 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

30 Crankcase Breather

30.1 Description and Operation of the Crankcase Breather


The crankcase breather is located below the turbocharger on DD Platform engines, next to the starter on the right hand side of
the cylinder block. The crankcase breather has the primary task of regulating the pressure in the crankcase as well as cleaning
discharged blow-by gases. The gases from the crankcase contain engine oil that can lead to adverse effects on engine
emission levels.
The blow-by gas produced by the engine passes into the blow-by gas inlet in the crankcase breather housing. In the housing,
the blow-by gas flows to the centrifuge. The centrifuge drive gear is driven by pressurized engine oil, causing the centrifuge
to turn. The centrifugal force that is created causes the blow-by gas to be pushed against the inside wall of the housing. The
engine oil contained in the blow-by gas runs along the inside wall downwards and flows to the outlet for the engine oil that
has been separated back into the oil pan. The cleaned blow-by gas flows to the outlet for blow-by gas to the atmosphere. The
crankcase breather is maintenance free for the working life of the component.

1. Bolt 7. Inlet Tube


2. Gasket 8. Bolt
3. Outlet Tube 9. Bolt
4. Bolt 10. Seal
5. Gasket 11. Crankcase Breather
6. Gasket
Figure 41. EPA07 Crankcase Breather and Related Parts

All information subject to change without notice. 197


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
30 Crankcase Breather

1. Bolt 7. Bracket
2. Crankcase Breather Housing 8. O-ring
3. Gasket 9. Screw
4. Threaded Fitting 10. Speed Sensor
5. Breather Pipe 11. O-ring
6. Screw
Figure 42. EPA10 Crankcase Breather and Related Parts

30.2 Removal of the Crankcase Breather


Remove as follows:
1. Disconnect speed sensor electrical harness connection, on EPA10 engines, from the crankcase breather and unclip the
electrical harness from the crankcase breather assembly.

NOTE: Note orientation of bracket located on top bolt.

2. On EPA07 engines, remove the two bolts and gasket from the breather pipe. Discard gasket.
3. On EPA10 engines, disconnect the quick-connect fitting at the cylinder block.
4. Remove the four bolts and gasket from the crankcase breather and remove crankcase breather from the cylinder block.
Discard the gasket.

30.3 Inspection of the Crankcase Breather


Inspect as follows:
1. Clean the gasket surface of the engine block prior to installation of crankcase breather.
2. Inspect the tubes, clamps and hoses for wear or damage; replace if necessary.
3. Inspect the crankcase breather for cracks or damage; replace if necessary.
4. Inspect the sensor and replace, if necessary.

30.4 Installation of the Crankcase Breather


Install as follows:
1. Install the crankcase breather to the engine block with a new gasket and four bolts. Torque the bolts to 60 N·m (44
lb·ft).

198 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

2. On EPA07 engines, install the breather pipe and new gasket to the engine block. Torque the two bolts to 30 N·m (22
lb·ft).
3. On EPA10 engines, snap the breather pipe to the fitting on the cylinder block.

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST


To avoid injury from inhaling engine exhaust, always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area.
Engine exhaust is toxic.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause
cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm.
• Always start and operate an engine in a well ventilated area.
• If operating an engine in an enclosed area, vent the exhaust to the outside.
• Do not modify or tamper with the exhaust system or emission control system.

4. Connect electrical harness, if equipped.

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST


To avoid injury from inhaling engine exhaust, always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area.
Engine exhaust is toxic.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury before starting and running the engine, ensure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface, parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked.

5. Start the engine and check for leaks.

All information subject to change without notice. 199


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
31 Oil Filter

31 Oil Filter

31.1 Replacement of the Oil Filter


Remove as follows:
1. Clean any debris on the filter housing around the oil filter cap.
2. Using a 36-mm socket, unscrew the oil filter cap (1) and filter (3), and allow the oil to drain into the housing (4). After
draining is complete, remove the assembly from the housing (4).

NOTE: For Setra Bus, when removing the filter, separate the cap from the filter before pulling out of the module.
Remove as two separate components.

NOTE: Use care to prevent foreign objects from entering the filter housing.

NOTE: Do not service the air filter with the oil filter cap removed.

3. Remove the filter element by pressing and twisting the side and detaching it from the cap. Discard the filter element.
4. Remove the oil filter O-ring and discard. Lightly coat a new O-ring with clean engine oil and install it on the original
filter cap.
5. Check the filter housing for any debris and remove if necessary.
6. Inspect the oil filter stand pipe (2) and oil bypass valve (3). If damaged or oil bypass valve is missing (1) contact the
Customer Support Center.

200 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

7. Insert a new filter element and the cap assembly into the housing. Torque the cap to 40 to 50 N·m (30 to 37 lb·ft).

All information subject to change without notice. 201


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
32 Oil Sample Valve

32 Oil Sample Valve

32.1 Replacing Oil Plug with Oil Sample Valve


Replace oil plug with oil sample valve as follows:
1. Using a 17 mm Allen tool remove the Allen head plug from the oil priming port on the oil coolant module.

2. Install the oil sample valve onto the oil coolant module. Torque to 80 N·m (59 lb·ft).

32.2 Removal of Oil Sample Valve


Remove as follows:
1. Remove the oil sample valve and washer from the oil coolant module.

202 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

32.3 Installation of the Oil Sample Valve


Install as follows:
1. Install the oil sample valve and washer onto the oil coolant module and torque to 80 N·m (59 lb·ft).

All information subject to change without notice. 203


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
33 Oil Filler Neck

33 Oil Filler Neck

33.1 Removal of the Oil Filler Neck


Remove as follows:
1. Remove three bolts (5) from the oil filler neck (2).

2. Remove oil filler neck (2) from the oil coolant module (6).
3. Discard O-ring (1).

33.2 Installation of the Oil Filler Neck


Install as follows:
1. Install new O-ring (1).

204 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

2. Install oil filler neck (2) on the oil coolant module (6).
3. Install three bolts (5) and torque to 27-31 N·m (20-22 lb·ft).

All information subject to change without notice. 205


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
34 Oil Coolant Module

34 Oil Coolant Module

34.1 Description and Operation of the Oil Coolant Module


The oil filter unit is an integral part of the oil coolant module. The oil coolant module is located on the left side of the engine.
The oil filter unit ensures engine oil filtering.
Engine oil flows through the oil water heat exchanger and then to the main oil stream feed into the oil filter unit. Oil flows
into the oil filter unit from outside of the oil coolant module through the oil filter element to the support dome where it is
cleaned. The cleaned engine oil flows to the support dome and main oil flow drain back into the oil circuit.

1. Coolant Pump 4. Oil Filter Unit


2. Oil Coolant Module 5. Oil Fill
3. Oil Water Heat Exchanger
Figure 43. Oil Coolant Module Location

206 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

1. Bolt 6. Oil Cooler Module


2. Pulley 7. Thermostat Seal
3. Bolt 8. Thermostat
4. Water Pump 9. Bolt
5. Water Pump Seal
Figure 44. Oil Coolant Module and Related Parts

34.2 Removal of the Oil Coolant Module


Remove as follows:
1. Drain the coolant from radiator. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".
2. Remove engine harness connectors from the coolant temperature sensor, intake air temperature sensor, and throttle
valve. Unclip the harness from the oil coolant module.
3. Remove the coolant delivery pipe, mixer pipe, cold boost pipe and throttle valve assembly. Refer to section "Removal
of the Cold Boost Pipe (Charge Air Pipe)".
4. Remove the heater, coolant recovery, and Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) coolant supply hoses from oil coolant
module. Inspect the coolant coupler hose for damage. Discard if damage is found.
5. Disconnect the coolant line from the fuel module to the oil coolant module.
6. Remove the poly-V-belt from the water pump pulley. Refer to section "Removal of the Poly-V-Belts".
7. Remove the radiator hose from the thermostat housing.

NOTE: Ensure any remaining coolant is drained from the oil coolant module and from the cylinder block to
prevent coolant from contaminating the engine oil.

8. Remove the radiator support rod and bracket.


9. Remove the oil dipstick tube by removing the two bolts and bracket attaching it to the cylinder block.
10. Remove eleven bolts securing oil coolant module to engine block and remove oil coolant module.
11. Remove and discard the gasket.

All information subject to change without notice. 207


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
34 Oil Coolant Module

34.3 Installation of the Oil Coolant Module


Install as follows:
1. If removed, install the thermostat to the oil coolant module with four bolts. Torque to 20 to 25 N·m (15 to 19 lb·ft).
2. If removed, install the water pump.
a. For a standard water pump, Refer to section "Installation of the Water Pump".
b. For a variable speed water pump, Refer to section "Installation of the Variable Speed Water Pump".
3. Inspect the mounting surface on the cylinder block for rust or any foreign debris; clean as necessary.
4. Install exhaust manifold guide studs tool (J–36107) into the cylinder block to assist in guiding the oil coolant module
onto the cylinder block.
5. Install new gasket.
6. Install the oil coolant module onto the guide studs and cylinder block. Install nine bolts.
7. Remove tool (J–36107). Install the remaining two bolts into the oil cooler module. Torque the bolts to the following
specifications using the torque sequence below:
a. 10 N·m (7 lb·ft).
b. Final torque the bolts to 60 to 65 N·m (44 to 47 lb·ft).

8. Install the dipstick tube and two bolts and torque to 15 N·m (11 lb·ft).
9. Install the radiator support rod and bracket. Torque to 100 N·m (74 lb·ft).
10. Install the poly-V-belt to the water pump pulley. Refer to section "Installation of the Poly-V-Belts".
11. Connect coolant line to fuel module and oil coolant module.
12. Install heater hose to oil coolant module.

NOTE: Before installing the coolant crossover pipe, check the coupler hose for damage. Replace as necessary.

13. Install the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) coolant delivery pipe and the hose to the oil coolant module and tighten
the two hose clamps.
14. Install the two EGR coolant delivery pipe bolts to the oil coolant module and torque to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).
15. Install the cold boost pipe and four bolts to the intake manifold. Torque the bolts to 12 N·m (9 lb·ft).
16. If removed, install the mixer tube to the cold boost pipe with three bolts. Torque 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).
17. If removed, install the intake throttle valve to the cold boost pipe. Torque the bolts to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).
18. Fill the coolant system.

208 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

19. Start the engine and inspect for leaks.

34.4 Removal of the Oil Coolant Module Plugs


Remove as follows:

NOTE: There are two plugs (1 and 3) covering openings in the oil coolant module used during the manufacturing
process. These plugs should only be removed if they are leaking.

1. Place the transmission in neutral, and set the parking brake.

NOTICE: Use care to prevent foreign objects from entering the filter housing.

2. Clean outside of the oil filter housing.


3. Using a 36-mm socket, unscrew the oil filter cap and filter and allow the oil to drain into the housing.
4. Remove plugs. Discard plugs (1 and 3) and seals (2 and 4).

34.5 Installation of the Oil Coolant Module Plugs


Install as follows:

NOTICE: Ensure that the oil coolant module plug threads are undamaged and free of debris. Damaged threads
can cause an oil leak, leading to engine damage.

1. For the plug (1) on the side of the oil coolant module, install a new seal ring (2) and thread the new plug into the oil
coolant module by hand.

All information subject to change without notice. 209


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
34 Oil Coolant Module

2. Torque the plug to 105 N·m (77 lb·ft).


3. For the plug (3) on the bottom of the oil coolant module, install a new seal ring (4) and thread the new plug into the oil
coolant module by hand.
4. Torque the plug to 55 N·m (40 lb·ft).
5. Remove the oil filter O-ring and discard.
6. Lightly coat a new O-ring with clean engine oil and install it on the filter cap.
7. Insert the filter element and cap assembly into the housing. Torque the cap to 40 to 50 N·m (30 to 37 lb·ft).

210 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

35 Oil Cooler

35.1 Removal of the Oil Cooler


Remove as follows:
1. Remove the oil coolant module. Refer to section "Removal of the Oil Coolant Module"
2. Remove eight bolts securing the oil cooler to the oil coolant module. Discard O-rings.

35.2 Inspection and Pressure Testing of the Oil Cooler


Inspect as follows:
1. Inspect the oil cooler sealing surfaces and old gaskets for imperfections.

NOTE: Damaged gaskets or sealing imperfections may produce symptoms similar to a leaking oil cooler. Do NOT
replace the oil cooler unless it has been confirmed as leaking with this test.

2. Install the pressure test adaptors (W060589009100) over each of the oil passages of the oil cooler (5), as the DD13,
DD15, and DD16 oil cooler leak test setup illustrates, using the supplied fasteners. Evenly torque fasteners to 10 N·m
(8 lb·ft).

WARNING: EYE INJURY


To avoid injury from flying debris when using compressed air, wear adequate eye protection (face
shield or safety goggles) and do not exceed 276 kPa (40 psi) air pressure.

NOTICE: The pressure regulator and gauge (J-45982-7) are not included in the oil cooler leak test adaptor kit.
This gauge and regulator can be found in the cylinder head and block leak tester kit (J-45987). If test kit J-45987
was not shipped to your facility as an essential tool, a suitable air pressure regulator and gauge capable of 275
kPa (40 PSI) is adequate.

3. Connect the pressure hose (4) to the pressure regulator (3) (J-45982-7 or equivalent).
4. Check and ensure that the shutoff valve (2) is in the OFF position. Connect shop air to the pressure regulator.

All information subject to change without notice. 211


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
35 Oil Cooler

5. Set the regulator to zero pressure by pulling up on the adjusting knob and turning counter clockwise until it stops.
6. Turn shutoff valve to the ON position.
7. Adjust system pressure by pulling up on the adjusting knob and turn clockwise until pressure reading on gauge is 275
kPa (40 PSI).

NOTICE: DO NOT connect pressure hose (J-47313-2) to air supply fitting on the oil cooler until the pressure
regulator has been adjusted to 275 kPa (40 PSI) in order to avoid exceeding the required pressure.

8. Once the pressure regulator has been adjusted, connect the pressure hose to the air supply fitting on the adaptor plate.

WARNING: BURNS
To avoid injury from burning, use lifting tools and heat-resistant gloves when handling heated
components.

9. Submerge the oil cooler completely in a hot water tank for five minutes.
10. In the event of a failed oil cooler, a steady stream of air bubbles will appear from the oil cooler.

NOTE: Some leakage may occur from the adaptor fittings. Do NOT mistake this for a leaking oil cooler.

11. Reduce the air pressure and remove the oil cooler test kit components from the oil cooler.

35.3 Installation of the Oil Cooler


Install as follows:
1. Using new O-rings, install the oil cooler to the oil coolant module.
2. Torque the eight securing bolts to 25-30 N·m (18-22 lb·ft) using the sequence below.

3. Install the oil coolant module. Refer to section "Installation of the Oil Coolant Module"

212 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

36 Oil Thermostat

36.1 Removal of the Oil Thermostat


Remove as follows:
1. Place a suitable oil capturing device under the oil coolant module.
2. Unclip electrical harness from the oil thermostat cover.
3. Remove four bolts (2) attaching the oil thermostat cover (1) to the oil coolant module (3).

4. Using tool W470589030900, remove the thermostat from the oil coolant module housing.

5. Discard the seal (3) and the O-ring (4).

All information subject to change without notice. 213


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
36 Oil Thermostat

36.2 Installation of the Oil Thermostat


Install as follows:
1. Install a new O-ring (4) on the oil thermostat (5).

2. Using tool W470589030900, install the thermostat to the oil coolant module housing. Torque to 50 N·m (37 lb·ft).

214 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

3. Install new seal (4), install the oil thermostat cover (1) to the oil coolant module (3) using four bolts (2), and hand
tighten.

4. Torque the bolts to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft) using the torque sequence below.

All information subject to change without notice. 215


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
36 Oil Thermostat

5. Connect the electrical harness to the sensor.


6. Clip the electrical harness to the oil thermostat cover.

216 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

37 Priming the Lubrication System

37.1 Priming the Engine Lubrication System


Prime the oil system as follows:
1. Using a 17 mm Allen tool, remove the Allen head plug from the oil priming port on the oil coolant module.

2. If equipped with an oil sample valve, remove the valve and washer.

NOTE: Tool J–49181 is used to adapt the J–45299 priming pump.

3. Install oil system priming adaptor tool (J–49181) into the oil priming port (1) in the oil coolant module.

NOTICE: If chassis application prevents access, a 90-degree or a 45-degree pipe fitting (1/4" NPT) can be used
(if needed) for access.

All information subject to change without notice. 217


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
37 Priming the Lubrication System

4. Install the engine pre-lube kit (J–45299) to the fitting adaptor (1).

5.Fill the canister with eight quarts of oil.


6.Open the valve on the primer and start pumping until the container is empty.
7.Fill the container with an additional eight quarts of oil and pump until the canister is empty.
8.The oil system is now primed with sixteen quarts of oil. Pour the remaining oil into the oil filler until the correct full
level is obtained. For quantities, Refer to section "Monitoring the Lubricating Oil"
9. Close the valve and loosen the fitting; do not completely remove it from the adaptor.
10. Remove the priming adaptor from the oil coolant module with the line attached to keep the oil from flowing out of the
module.

11. Install the allen head plug or oil sample valve to the module and torque to 70-80 N·m (51-59 lb·ft).

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury before starting and running the engine, ensure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface, parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked.

218 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST


To avoid injury from inhaling engine exhaust, always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area.
Engine exhaust is toxic.

12. Start the engine and monitor the oil pressure.


13. After the engine oil pressure stabilizes, shut the engine down and check the oil per the oil check guidelines.

All information subject to change without notice. 219


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
38 Cooling System

38 Cooling System

38.1 Description and Operation of the Cooling System and Related Components
A schematic of the cooling system in the following illustration shows the coolant flow to the engine components.

1. Coolant Pump 18. Trans Cooler


2. Oil Cooler 19. Heat Exchanger
3. Crankcase 20. Doser
4. Cylinder Head 21. A97. EGR Positioner
5. Water Manifold 22. B65.1 – Inlet Coolant Temp Sensor
6. Compressor 23. B65.2 – Outlet Coolant Temp Sensor
7. Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler 24. B. Coolant Fill Line
8. Fuel Cooler 25. E. De-aeration (to expansion reservoir 12)
9. Thermostat 26. KK. Radiator Circuit
10. Fan 27. KS. Bypass Line
11. Radiator 28. M. Engine
12. Reservoir 29. R. Automatic Transmission Cooler Flow
13. Coolant Filter 30. V. Coolant Feed
14. Heat Exchanger 31. VA. Coolant Feed (to EGR Actuator and cooler)
15. Filling Valve 32. VH. Coolant Feed (to vehicle heat exchanger)
16. Pressure Control Valve 33. VM. Coolant Feed (to coolant HC doser)
17. Oil Coolant Module
Figure 45. Cooling System

220 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

1. Water Pump 8. Water Manifold


2. Coolant Filter 9. Cylinder Head
3. Short Circuit Line 10. Cylinder Block
4. Coolant Return Flow 11. Air Compressor
5. Coolant Outlet to Cooler Circuit 12. Fuel Cooler
6. Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler 13. Oil/Water Heat Exchanger
7. Coolant Return Flow 14. Thermostat
Figure 46. Cooling System Components

38.2 Cooling System Drain Procedure


Drain as follows:

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury, never remove any engine component while the engine is running.

NOTE: Change the coolant only after the vehicle has cooled and no residual pressure is present.

1. Place the transmission in neutral and set the parking brake.


2. Remove the coolant reservoir cap.
3. Loosen the coolant drain plug (1) located on the left side of the engine block and attach a hose to the plug.

All information subject to change without notice. 221


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
38 Cooling System

NOTICE: Coolant is a hazardous material and needs to be disposed in an environmentally responsible manner.

4. Collect the used antifreeze in a suitable container and if necessary, dispose of the solution in an environmentally
responsible manner according to state and federal Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) recommendations.

5. Close drain plug. Torque to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).

38.3 Cooling System Fill Procedure


Fill as follows:
1. With the engine off (engine OFF, ignition OFF), fill the cooling system with coolant at a constant minimum rate
(typically 6 to 8 liters per minute) until it reaches the top of the filler neck or at the "Cold MAX" level.

222 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury before starting and running the engine, ensure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface, parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked.

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST


To avoid injury from inhaling engine exhaust, always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area.
Engine exhaust is toxic.

2. Start the engine (no pressure cap) and idle for one minute. Increase engine speed slowly to 1000-1200 RPM and hold
for one minute. Then reduce engine speed to idle and cycle up and down between idle and 1000-1200 RPM for one
additional minute.
3. After this three minute burp sequence, stop the engine and add coolant as required to achieve "Cold Full" level. If a
second top-off is needed, start the engine and idle the engine for one additional minute.
4. Stop the engine and add coolant as required to achieve the "Cold Max" level, and then install the pressure cap.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury before starting and running the engine, ensure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface, parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked.

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST


To avoid injury from inhaling engine exhaust, always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area.
Engine exhaust is toxic.

NOTE: This will eliminate the large pockets of air from the system, although smaller bubbles will still remain.
Normal operation of the vehicle should purge the remaining air bubbles from the system without any damage.
Extremely large cooling systems (such as in motor homes or luxury coaches) may require additional time for
system deaeration.

5. Start the engine and inspect for leaks.

All information subject to change without notice. 223


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
39 Engine Water Pump

39 Engine Water Pump

39.1 Description and Operation of the Engine Water Pump


The water pump is located on the left side of the engine, mounted on the front of the oil coolant module. The water pump
circulates the coolant in the cooling circuit. The water pump pulley is mounted to the water pump with five bolts. The water
pump is driven by the poly-V-belt that is installed onto the water pump pulley. The rotary motion of the pulley is transmitted
by the hub to the shaft. The shaft drives the impeller which causes the coolant to circulate in the coolant circuit.

1. Bolt 4. Water Pump


2. Water Pump Pulley 5. Water Pump Seal
3. Bolt 6. Oil Coolant Module
Figure 47. Water Pump and Related Parts

39.2 Removal of the Water Pump


Remove as follows:
1. Drain the coolant. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".
2. Disconnect the batteries.
3. Loosen the five bolts securing the water pump pulley to the water pump.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury to hands and fingers from the spring-loaded auto belt tensioner violently snapping
back, do not cut the belt to remove it.

4. Remove the poly-V belt. Refer to section "Removal of the Poly-V-Belts".


5. Remove the five bolts (1) securing the coolant pulley (2) to the water pump (4); and remove pulley from water pump.

224 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

6. Remove nine bolts (3) from the water pump and remove from the oil coolant module (6).

39.3 Inspection of the Water Pump


Slight weeping from the weep hole in the bottom of water pump is normal. The water pump should only be replaced if there
is a heavy leak from the weep hole. The water pump should only be replaced after all of the following inspections have been
performed. Inspect as follows:

NOTICE: Before replacing the water pump for a belt noise there are some basic checks that need to be done.
Refer to section "Inspection of the Belt Drive Tensioner System" to correctly determine the cause of the belt
noise.

1. Clean the water pump and surrounding area.


2. Drain the cooling system. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".
3. Remove the water pump. Refer to section "Removal of the Water Pump".
4. Inspect the inside of the water pump (1) for cavitations or corrosion, replace pump if damaged.

5. Inspect the blades (3) on the water pump for cracks or damage; replace the pump if damaged.

All information subject to change without notice. 225


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
39 Engine Water Pump

6. Inspect the bearings in the pump for slop, tight, or a choppy feeling; replace the pump if damaged.
7. Inspect the water pump seal (2) for damage. Replace the seal if damaged.

39.4 Installation of the Water Pump


Install as follows:
1. Install the water pump seal (5) to the water pump (4).

2. Install the water pump (4) to the oil coolant module (6) with nine bolts (3) and torque to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).
3. Install the water pump pulley (2) to the water pump with five bolts (1) and finger tighten and install belt.
4. Install the poly-V-belt. Refer to section "Installation of the Poly-V-Belts"
5. Torque the water pump pulley bolts to 25 N·m (18 lb·ft).
6. Fill the coolant system.
7. Reconnect the batteries.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury before starting and running the engine, ensure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface, parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked.

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST


To avoid injury from inhaling engine exhaust, always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area.
Engine exhaust is toxic.

8. Start the engine and inspect for leaks.

226 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

40 Variable Speed Engine Water Pump

40.1 Description and Operation of the Variable Speed Engine Water Pump
The variable speed water pump is located on the left side of the engine, mounted on the front of the oil coolant module. The
variable speed water pump circulates the coolant in the cooling circuit. The water pump pulley is mounted to the water pump
with six bolts. The water pump is driven by the poly-V-belt that is installed onto the water pump pulley. The rotary motion of
the pulley is transmitted by the hub to the variable speed clutch and then to the shaft. The clutch controls the speed in which
the shaft is turning. The speed is determined by the MCM2.1 based on engine load and coolant temperatures.

1. Bolt 4. Water Pump


2. Water Pump Pulley 5. Water Pump Seal
3. Bolt 6. Oil Coolant Module
Figure 48. Water Pump and Related Parts

40.2 Removal of the Variable Speed Water Pump


Remove as follows:
1. Drain the coolant. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".
2. Disconnect the batteries.

NOTICE: Do not attempt to remove the water pump pulley from the water pump when it is still mounted to the oil
coolant module or permanent damage could occur.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury to hands and fingers from the spring-loaded auto belt tensioner violently snapping
back, do not cut the belt to remove it.

3. Remove the poly-V belt. Refer to section "Removal of the Poly-V-Belts".

All information subject to change without notice. 227


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
40 Variable Speed Engine Water Pump

4. Disconnect the speed sensor and power supply connectors.


5. Remove nine bolts (1) from the water pump (2) and from the oil coolant module (4).

6. Remove water pump (2) and seal (3) from the oil coolant module (4).

40.3 Inspection of the Variable Speed Water Pump


Slight weeping from the weep hole in the bottom of water pump is normal. The water pump should only be replaced if there
is a heavy leak from the weep hole. The water pump should only be replaced after all of the following inspections have been
performed. Inspect as follows:

NOTICE: Before replacing the water pump for a belt noise there are some basic checks that need to be done.
Refer to section "Inspection of the Belt Drive Tensioner System" to correctly determine the cause of the belt
noise.

1. Clean the water pump and surrounding area.


2. Drain the cooling system. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".
3. Remove the water pump. Refer to section "Removal of the Variable Speed Water Pump".
4. Inspect the pins on the speed sensor and power supply connectors.
5. Inspect the inside of the water pump (1) for cavitations or corrosion, replace pump if damaged.

228 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

6. Inspect the blades (1) on the water pump for cracks or damage; replace the pump if damaged.

NOTICE: DO NOT attempt to open the housing of the variable speed water pump. Opening the pump will cause
permanent damage.

7. Inspect the water pump seal (2) for damage. Replace the seal if damaged.
8. Inspect the bearings in the pump for slop, tight, or a choppy feeling; replace the pump if damaged.

40.4 Installation of the Variable Speed Water Pump


Install as follows:
1. Install the water pump seal (3) to the water pump (2).

All information subject to change without notice. 229


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
40 Variable Speed Engine Water Pump

2. Install the water pump (2) to the oil coolant module (4) with nine bolts (1) and torque to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).
3. Install the three-pin connector to the speed sensor.
4. Install the two-pin connector to the power supply for the pump.
5. Install the poly-V-belt. Refer to section "Installation of the Poly-V-Belts".
6. Fill the coolant system.
7. Reconnect the batteries.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury before starting and running the engine, ensure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface, parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked.

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST


To avoid injury from inhaling engine exhaust, always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area.
Engine exhaust is toxic.

8. Start the engine and inspect for leaks.

40.5 Removal of the Variable Speed Water Pump Pulley


Remove as follows:
1. Remove the variable speed water pump from the oil coolant module. Refer to section "Removal of the Variable Speed
Water Pump".
2. Remove the six bolts (1) securing the water pump pulley (2) to the water pump (3).

NOTICE: Prying the pulley off the water pump by applying pressure on the pump housing will cause damage to
the clutch and housing.

3. Remove pulley (2) from water pump (3) with a pulley puller using the center of the clutch face as a leverage location.

230 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

40.6 Installation of the Variable Speed Water Pump Pulley


Install as follows:
1. Install the water pump pulley (2) to the water pump (3) with six bolts (1) and finger tighten.

2. Torque the water pump pulley bolts to 18 N·m (13 lb·ft).

All information subject to change without notice. 231


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
40 Variable Speed Engine Water Pump

3. Install the variable speed water pump onto the oil coolant module. Refer to section "Installation of the Variable Speed
Water Pump".

232 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

41 Coolant Thermostat

41.1 Description and Operation of the Coolant Thermostat


The coolant thermostat is located on the left side of the engine on the oil coolant module. The coolant thermostat regulates
the coolant inlet temperature in a range from 87°C (188°F) to 95°C (203°F).

1. Oil Coolant Module 3. Thermostat


2. Seal
Figure 49. Thermostat and Related Parts
The coolant thermostat regulates coolant flow from the engine to the radiator. The thermostat regulates coolant flow to
control the temperature of the coolant within the coolant circuit. The following benefits result from regulating the coolant at
the inlet temperature of the engine:
• Reduced thermal cycling of the engine
• Operating temperature is reached faster
• Emissions are reduced
• Improved vehicle heating

Thermostat Operating Modes


The coolant from the radiator and the radiator bypass mix in the thermostat housing. The thermostat regulates the temperature
of this mixed flow circuit. Three different operating conditions occur due to the coolant mixed flow temperature:
• Bypass mode: When the coolant mixed flow temperature is below 87°C (188°F), the circulating thermostat is closed. The
coolant circulates through the radiator bypass to the coolant thermostat. None of the flow passes through the radiator.
• Mixed mode: For a coolant mixed flow temperature above 87°C (188°F) to and less than 95°C (203°F), the circulating
thermostat opens partially and the coolant flows at the same time through the engine radiator and the radiator bypass to the
coolant thermostat.
• Radiator operation: When the coolant inlet temperature is above 95°C (203°F) the circulating thermostat is completely
open. The coolant flows through the radiator to the coolant thermostat. None of the flow passes through the radiator
bypass.
Other minor coolant loops exist in addition to those described above. The flow through these loops are unaffected by the
position of the coolant thermostat. These loops include the flow through the vehicle cab heater, vehicle bunk heater, the EGR
actuator, and the doser.

All information subject to change without notice. 233


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
41 Coolant Thermostat

41.2 Removal of the Engine Coolant Thermostat and Seal


Remove as follows:

WARNING: HOT COOLANT


To avoid scalding from the expulsion of hot coolant, never remove the cooling system pressure cap
while the engine is at operating temperature. Wear adequate protective clothing (face shield,
rubber gloves, apron, and boots). Remove the cap slowly to relieve pressure.

1. Drain the cooling system. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".
2. Remove the plug on the cylinder block below the oil coolant module to drain the remaining coolant.
3. Loosen hose clamp at the thermostat.
4. Remove the four thermostat housing-to-oil cooler module attaching bolts.
5. Remove the thermostat housing assembly from the oil coolant module and hose.
6. Remove the thermostat housing seal.

41.3 Inspection of the Coolant Thermostat and Seal


Inspect as follows:
1. Visually inspect all parts for wear or damage.
a. If wear or damage is found, replace parts.
b. If wear or damage is not found, reuse parts.
2. Visually inspect thermostat body seal for damage, cracks or nicks.
a. If any damage is noted, replace seal.
b. If no damage is found, reuse parts.
3. Visually inspect the tip of the thermostat for wear or damage.
a. If wear or damage is found, replace parts.
b. If wear or damage is not found, reuse parts.

41.4 Installation of the Coolant Thermostat and Seal


Install as follows:

234 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

1. Install seal (2) onto thermostat housing (3).

2. Install thermostat into hose and onto oil cooler module (1).
3. Torque four bolts to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).
4. Tighten clamp at the hose.
5. Fill engine with coolant to the correct level.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury before starting and running the engine, ensure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface, parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked.

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST


To avoid injury from inhaling engine exhaust, always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area.
Engine exhaust is toxic.

6. Start the engine and check for leaks.

All information subject to change without notice. 235


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
42 Coolant Filter

42 Coolant Filter

42.1 Description and Operation of the Coolant Filter


DD Platform engine cooling systems are protected by a coolant filter element that may contain supplemental corrosion
inhibitors.

42.2 Removal of the Coolant Filter


Remove as follows:
1. Drain the cooling system. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".
2. Using a 36 mm wrench, remove the cap (1) from the oil coolant module (4).

3. Pull the coolant filter (3) out of the oil coolant module.
4. Discard the O-ring (2) in the cap.

42.3 Installation of the Coolant Filter


Install as follows:
1. Install a new O-ring (2) onto the cap.
2. Lubricate the O-ring with clean engine coolant.

236 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

3. Install a new coolant filter (3) into the cap (1).


4. Install coolant filter and cap into the oil coolant module (4). Torque cap to 55 to 60 N•m (41 to 44 lb•ft).
5. Fill the cooling system. Refer to section "Cooling System Fill Procedure".

All information subject to change without notice. 237


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
43 Coolant Filter Service Module

43 Coolant Filter Service Module

43.1 Removal of the Coolant Filter Service Module


Remove as follows:
1. Drain the coolant. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".
2. Remove the hose clamps and then remove the hoses.
3. Remove the 10 bolts from the coolant filter service module and then remove the coolant filter service module from the
engine.
4. Discard the O-rings (3 and 4) and the seals (5).

43.2 Installation of the Coolant Filter Service Module


Install as follows:
1. Install new O-rings (3 and 4) and seals (5). Lubricate with clean coolant.

238 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

2. Install the coolant filter service module on the oil cooler module.
3. Install the 10 bolts and torque to 37 N·m (27 lb·ft).
4. Install hoses and hose clamps.
5. Fill coolant to appropriate level.

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST


To avoid injury from inhaling engine exhaust, always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area.
Engine exhaust is toxic.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury before starting and running the engine, ensure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface, parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked.

6. Start engine and check for leaks.

All information subject to change without notice. 239


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
44 Coolant Inlet Elbow

44 Coolant Inlet Elbow

44.1 Removal of the Coolant Inlet Elbow


Remove as follows:
1. Drain the coolant. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".
2. Remove two bolts (1) from the coolant inlet elbow (2).

3. Remove the coolant inlet elbow (2) from the coolant service filter module (4).
4. Remove and discard the O-ring (3).

44.2 Installation of the Coolant Inlet Elbow


Install as follows:
1. Install a new O-ring (3).
2. Install the coolant inlet elbow (2) to the coolant filter service module (4) with two bolts (1).

240 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

3. Torque bolts to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).


4. Fill coolant to appropriate level.

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST


To avoid injury from inhaling engine exhaust, always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area.
Engine exhaust is toxic.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury before starting and running the engine, ensure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface, parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked.

5. Start engine and check for leaks.

All information subject to change without notice. 241


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
45 Flywheel, Ring Gear and Flywheel Housing

45 Flywheel, Ring Gear and Flywheel Housing

45.1 Description and Operation of the Flywheel, Flywheel Housing and Related Parts
This section explains the description(s) and operation(s) of the following components:
• Flywheel
• Ring Gear
• Flywheel Housing

Flywheel
The flywheel is attached to the rear end of the crankshaft with twelve bolts. The bolt holes in the crankshaft and flywheel are
equally spaced.

Ring Gear
The steel ring gear and flywheel is a two-piece assembly. Prior to assembly, the ring gear (1) is heated to expand its diameter.
It is then installed onto the flywheel (2) and allowed to cool. After the ring gear cools, it contracts onto the flywheel, locking
it in place.

1. Steel Ring Gear 2. Flywheel


Figure 50. Ring Gear
Flywheel Housing
The flywheel housing is a one-piece aluminum casting mounted against the rear of the engine. It provides a cover for the gear
drive and houses the flywheel. The crankshaft rear oil seal, which is pressed into the housing, may be removed or installed
without removing the housing.
The power steering pump on some applications may be mounted on the flywheel housing. An engine barring or locking
device can be attached at the opening on the bottom of the flywheel housing. This allows the engine to be barred or locked
for maintenance or repair work.

242 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

1. Gasket 6. Nut
2. Seal 7. Flywheel Housing
3. Stud 8. Ring Gear Access Cover
4. Stud 9. Bolt (2)
5. Flex Plate Access Cover
Figure 51. Rear of Flywheel Housing and Related Parts

All information subject to change without notice. 243


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
45 Flywheel, Ring Gear and Flywheel Housing

1. Bolt M10 x 90 (3 qty.) 9. Bolt M8 x 45 (2 qty.)


2. Bolt M14 x 1.5 x 70 (1 qty.) 10. Flywheel Housing
3. Bolt M14 x 1.5 x 90 (6 qty.) 11. Gasket
4. Bolt M10 x 45 (6 qty.) 12. Stud (1 qty.)
5. Gasket (1 qty.) 13. Nut M12-10 (1 qty.)
6. Rear Power Steering Pump Cover (1 qty.) 14. Cover
7. Bolt M8 x 30 (2 qty.) 15. Bolt (2 qty.)
8. Bolt M14 x 1.5 x 180 (1 qty.)
Figure 52. Front of Flywheel Housing and Related Parts

45.2 Removal of the Flywheel Housing


Remove as follows:
1. Drain engine oil and remove the oil pan.
2. Remove the doser injector feed line.
3. Remove the Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor. Refer to section "Removal of the Crankshaft Position Sensor"
4. Remove the flywheel. Refer to section "Removal of the Flywheel"
5. Remove two bolts securing exhaust pipe bracket to flywheel housing.
6. For the DD15 and DD16; remove the clamp from the exhaust pipe and the axial power turbine and then remove exhaust
pipe.

WARNING: BODILY INJURY


To avoid injury from a falling component, ensure an appropriately rated lifting device is used.
Moving the component without an appropriately rated lifting device could result in the component
falling, which could cause serious personal injury and component damage. Never stand beneath a
suspended load.

7. Support the engine by placing suitable jack stands under the cylinder block pan rails. Make sure not to damage the
sealing surfaces of the oil pan rails.
8. Remove the rear engine mounts from the flywheel housing. Refer to the applicable vehicle Service Manual.
9. Thread two guide stud tools (J-43431) for the 14 mm bolts, into the cylinder block.
10. Remove the remainder of the bolts that secure the flywheel housing to the cylinder block.
11. Strike the front face of the housing alternately on each side with a soft hammer to loosen and work it off the dowel
pins.
12. Remove and discard the flywheel housing gasket.
13. Remove all sealing material from the flywheel housing.

45.3 Inspection of the Flywheel Housing and Rear Oil Seal Area of Crankshaft
Inspect as follows:
1. Inspect flywheel housing for cracks and any other damage.
a. Check sealing surface for damage.
b. Check flywheel housing for cracks.
c. If damaged or cracked, repair is not possible; replace the part.
2. Inspect the flywheel where the rear oil seal makes contact. Check for groove in flywheel; if grooved, replace flywheel.

45.4 Installation of the Flywheel Housing


Install as follows:
1. Thread two guide studs (J–43431) for 14 mm bolts, into the cylinder block to guide the housing in place.
2. Install a new gasket.
3. Install all of the housing bolts in their proper location; finger-tighten them.

244 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

1. Bolt, M8 x 16 (2 qty.) 34 N·m (25 lb·ft)


2. Bolt, M14 x 1.5 x 90 (6 qty.) 190 N·m (140 lb·ft)
3. Bolt, M10 x 45 (6 qty.) 65 N·m (48 lb·ft)
4. Bolt, M10 x 90 (3 qty.) 65 N·m (48 lb·ft)
5. Bolt, M14 x 1.5 x 180 (1 qty.) 190 N·m (140 lb·ft)
6. Bolt, M8 x 45 (2 qty.) 34 N·m (25 lb·ft)
7. Bolt, M8 x 30 (2 qty.) 34 N·m (25 lb·ft)
8. Bolt, M14 x 1.5 x 70 (1 qty.) 190 N·m (140 lb·ft)
9. Stud, (1 qty.)
10. Nut, M12-10 (1 qty.) 100 N·m (74 lb·ft)
4. Remove the guide studs.
5. Torque the flywheel housing bolts using the sequence and torque shown.

6. Install the rear engine mounts to the flywheel housing. Refer to appropriate vehicle Service Manual.
7. Remove the jack stands and any other supports used to support the engine.
8. Inspect the crankshaft rear main oil seal. If any damage is found, replace as necessary.
9. Install the flywheel. Refer to section "Installation of the Flywheel".
10. For the DD15 and DD16; install the exhaust pipe and bracket to the flywheel housing and axial power turbine. Install
two bolts into the bracket and flywheel housing. Install a clamp onto the exhaust pipe and axial power turbine.
11. Install the Crankshaft Position (CP) sensor. Refer to section "Installation of the Crankshaft Position Sensor".
12. Install the oil pan and fill the engine with new oil.
13. Prime the lubrication system. Refer to section "Priming the Engine Lubrication System".

All information subject to change without notice. 245


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
45 Flywheel, Ring Gear and Flywheel Housing

45.5 Removal of the Flywheel


Remove as follows:
1. Remove the Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP). Refer to section "Removal of the Crankshaft Position Sensor".
2. Remove eleven of the twelve flywheel attaching bolts, leaving one bolt at the 12 o’clock position.
3. Install two flywheel guide studs (J–36235) through the flywheel and into the crankshaft at the 3 and 9 o’clock
positions.
4. Attach the flywheel lifting tool (J–25026) or some other suitable lifting device, to the flywheel.

CAUTION: FALLING FLYWHEEL


To avoid injury from a falling flywheel when removing the last bolt, hold the flywheel against the
crankshaft by hand to prevent it from slipping off the crankshaft. The flywheel is not doweled to the
crankshaft.

5. Attach a chain hoist to the lifting tool.


6. Loosen, but do not remove the last flywheel attaching bolt.
7. Lift lightly on flywheel using lifting device and remove last bolt.
8. Discard all flywheel mounting bolts.

WARNING: BODILY INJURY


To avoid injury from a falling component, ensure an appropriately rated lifting device is used.
Moving the component without an appropriately rated lifting device could result in the component
falling, which could cause serious personal injury and component damage. Never stand beneath a
suspended load.

9. Remove flywheel.

45.6 Inspection of the Flywheel


Inspect as follows:
1. Remove the flywheel. Refer to section "Removal of the Flywheel".
2. Thoroughly clean the flywheel and check it for cracks, scoring, burned areas, or rough spots.
3. Using an accurate straightedge (1) and a feeler gauge, check the friction (clutch) surface (2) for evenness.

246 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

4. Check the bearing surface and the threaded holes for wear and damage.

45.7 Machining of the Flywheel


Machine as follows:

NOTE: Before beginning any machining work on the flywheel, check it to see if machining is possible. If the
scores or cracks are deeper than 1 mm (0.04 in.), replace the flywheel. If the width of the flywheel between the
friction surface and the mounting flange is less than 68.5 mm (2.69 in.), replace the flywheel.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury while performing the test or procedure, wear adequate eye, face protection, and
heat-resistant gloves.

NOTE: Maintain all original radii during the machining process.

1. Machine the flywheel friction surface, if required, to the specifications listed in the table below the following figures.

All information subject to change without notice. 247


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
45 Flywheel, Ring Gear and Flywheel Housing

248 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

Table 26.
Flywheel Specifications
Manual Transmission Flywheel Measurement
DT12 Flywheel Measurement Specifications
Description Specifications
Millimeters Inches Millimeters Inches
1 - Flywheel Shoulder
Diameter (for ring gear 432.49 to 432.645 mm 17.0271 to 17.0333 in. 432.49 to 432.645 mm 17.0271 to 17.0333 in.
mounting)
2 – Flywheel Diameter
435.82 to 435.883 mm 17.1583 to 17.1607 in. 475.0 to 475.063 mm 18.7007 to 18.7032 in.
for Mounting Clutch
3 – Flywheel Width
between Friction Surface
69.2 mm 2.72 in 69.2 mm 2.72 in.
and Mounting Flange
New
4 - Flywheel Minimum
Width Between Friction
68 mm 2.67 in. 68.5mm 2.69 in.
Surface and Mounting
Flange After Machining
Flywheel Permissible
Deviation From True 0.2 mm .008 in .01mm .004 in.
(radial and lateral)

NOTE: After machining, the friction surface must not have any cavities or chatter marks.

2. The surface finish (peak-to-valley height) after machining should be 0.016 mm (0.0006 in.). A rougher surface finish
will cause rapid clutch lining wear, while a smoother finish could cause difficulties in clutch disengagement.
3. Check the radial and lateral deviation from true of the flywheel. The deviation from true must not exceed 0.2 mm
(0.008 in.).
4. Install the flywheel. Refer to section "Installation of the Flywheel".

45.8 Installation of the Flywheel


Install as follows:
1. Install two flywheel guide studs (J–36235) into two of the tapped holes in the crankshaft at the 3 and 9 o’clock position.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury when removing or installing a heavy engine component, ensure the component is
properly supported and securely attached to an adequate lifting device to prevent the component
from falling.

NOTICE: The flywheel locating pin hole must line up with the pin on the crankshaft gear.

2. Properly attach the flywheel lifting tool to the flywheel.


3. Using a chain hoist, position the flywheel on the guide studs lining up the pin hole on the crankshaft gear locating pin.

All information subject to change without notice. 249


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
45 Flywheel, Ring Gear and Flywheel Housing

NOTE: Clean engine oil must never be used between two surfaces where maximum friction is desired, as
between the crankshaft and the flywheel.

4. Using new bolts, apply clean engine oil to the threads and to the bolt head contact area (underside). Any excess must be
wiped off.
5. Install two flywheel mounting bolts at the 6 and 12 o’clock position.
6. Remove the flywheel lifting tool and guide studs.
7. Install the remaining flywheel mounting bolts.
8. Install the flywheel lock J-46392 or W470589046300.
9. Torque the bolts in a crisscross pattern to 200 to 220 N·m (147 to 162 lb·ft) and then an additional 90° to 100° torque-
turn.

45.9 Removal of the Ring Gear


Remove the ring gear as follows:
1. Shut off the engine, apply the parking brake, chock the wheels, and perform any other applicable safety steps.
2. Remove the transmission.
3. Remove the flywheel. Refer to section "Removal of the Flywheel"
4. Using an acetylene torch, cut the ring gear ½ to ¾ of the way through, without allowing the flame to touch the
flywheel.
5. The uncut portion will now yield. Tap the ring gear to remove it from the flywheel.

45.10 Installation of the Ring Gear


Install as follows:
1. Support the flywheel, ring gear side up, on a solid flat surface.

250 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

WARNING: BURNS
To avoid injury from burning, use lifting tools and heat-resistant gloves when handling heated
components.

NOTICE: Do not, under any circumstances, heat the gear over 204°C (399°F). Excessive heat may destroy the
original heat treatment. Heat treating crayons which are placed on the ring gear and melt at a predetermined
temperature, may be obtained from most tool vendors. Use of these crayons will ensure against overheating the
gear.

2. Rest the gear on a flat metal surface. Heat the gear uniformly with an acetylene torch, keeping the torch moving around
the gear to avoid hot spots.
3. Use a pair of tongs to place the gear on the flywheel with the chamfer, if any, facing the same direction as on the gear
just removed.
4. Tap the gear in place against the shoulder of the flywheel. If the gear cannot be tapped into place readily so that it is
seated all the way around, remove it, and apply additional heat.
5. Once the ring gear is installed, install the flywheel. Refer to section "Installation of the Flywheel"
6. Install the transmission.

All information subject to change without notice. 251


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
46 Front Engine Mount/Radiator Support

46 Front Engine Mount/Radiator Support

46.1 Description and Operation of the Front Engine Mount/Radiator Support and
Related Parts
The front engine mount/radiator support is mounted to the cylinder block with four bolts.

1. Front Engine Mount/Radiator Support 3. Engine Block


2. Bolts
Figure 53. Front Engine Mount/Radiator Support and Related Parts

46.2 Removal of the Front Engine Mount/Radiator Support


Remove as follows:
1. Drain the coolant. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".
2. Remove the Charge Air Cooler (CAC) hoses.
3. Remove the air cooling components. Refer to OEM guidelines.
4. Remove the four bolts securing the front engine mount/radiator support and remove front engine mount/radiator
support.

252 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

46.3 Inspection of the Front Engine Mount/Radiator Support


Inspect as follows:
1. Inspect the front engine mount/radiator support for damage; replace as necessary.

46.4 Installation of the Front Engine Mount/Radiator Support


Install as follows:
1. Install the front engine mount/radiator support to the cylinder block with four bolts in two steps as follows:
a. Torque bolts to 125 N·m (92 lb·ft).
b. 90° torque turn.
2. Install Charge Air Cooler (CAC) hoses.
3. Install air cooling components refer to OEM guidelines.
4. Fill with coolant to the appropriate levels.

All information subject to change without notice. 253


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
47 Vibration Damper

47 Vibration Damper

47.1 Removal of the Vibration Damper


Remove as follows:
1. Remove the poly-V-belt. Refer to section "Removal of the Poly-V-Belts"
2. Remove the eight bolts (1) attaching the vibration damper (2) to the crankshaft (4).

3. Using guide studs tool J-43431, remove the vibration damper.


4. Remove the splash ring (3).

47.2 Installation of the Vibration Damper


Install as follows:
1. Install the splash ring (1) with cup-side (2) toward end of crankshaft.

254 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

2. Using guide studs tool (J-43431), install the vibration damper onto the crankshaft.
3. Install the eight bolts attaching the vibration damper to the crankshaft. Torque to 200 N·m (147.5 lb·ft).
4. Install the poly-V-belt. Refer to section "Installation of the Poly-V-Belts"

All information subject to change without notice. 255


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
48 Front Engine Cover

48 Front Engine Cover

48.1 Description and Operation of the Front Engine Cover


The front cover housing seals the cylinder block to the oil pan, while also holding the front radial seal to the machined
surface of the crankshaft nose. The front radial seal prevents oil leaks at the crankshaft.

1. Front Mounting Bracket Bolt (4 qty.) 7. Front Cover Mounting Bolts (10 qty.)
2. Front Mounting Bracket 8. Front Cover
3. Vibration Damper Mounting Bolts (8 qty.) 9. Front Cover Gasket
4. Vibration Damper 10. Oil Pan Gasket
5. Splash Ring 11. Oil Pan
6. Front Radial Seal 12. Oil Pan Mounting Bolts (18 qty.)
Figure 54. Front Engine Cover and Related Components

48.2 Removal of the Front Engine Cover


Remove as follows:
1. Shut off engine, apply the parking brake, chock the wheels, and perform any other applicable safety steps.
2. Remove the poly-V-belt. Refer to section "Removal of the Poly-V-Belts"
3. Remove the eight bolts attaching the vibration damper to the crankshaft. Refer to section "Removal of the Vibration
Damper"
4. Remove the splash ring.

NOTE: The oil pan must be completely removed to clean the gasket and groove to prevent potential oil leaks.

5. Remove the oil pan. Refer to section "Removal of the Oil Pan"

256 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

6. Remove the ten mounting bolts attaching the front engine cover to the cylinder block and remove the front engine
cover.

48.3 Inspection of the Front Engine Cover


Inspect as follows:
1. Inspect the front cover housing for leaks, cracks or any other signs of damage. Replace as necessary.
2. Clean the front engine cover with clean engine oil.

48.4 Installation of the Front Engine Cover


Install as follows:
1. Install a new front cover housing gasket on the cylinder block.
2. Install the front cover housing to the cylinder block. Torque the front cover mounting bolts to 60 N·m (44 lb·ft) in the
sequence shown.

3. Install the oil pan to cylinder block. Refer to section "Installation of the Oil Pan"
4. Install the splash ring on the front of the crankshaft.
5. If the front crankshaft seal is damaged and requires replacement, replace as necessary. Refer to section "Installation of
the Front Crankshaft Oil Seal"
6. Install the vibration damper and pulley to the crankshaft. Refer to section "Installation of the Vibration Damper"
7. Install the poly-V-belt. Refer to section "Installation of the Poly-V-Belts"

All information subject to change without notice. 257


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
49 Engine Lifter Brackets

49 Engine Lifter Brackets

49.1 Description and Operation of the Engine Lifter Brackets and Related Parts
The engine lifter brackets on the DD Platform engines are utilized when removing or replacing an engine. All DD Platform
engines have two lifting brackets that are located on the rear of the engine, bolted to the cylinder head. A third engine lifter
bracket is located on the front which is part of the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system crossover tube.

EPA07 DD13 Lifting Bracket Locations


Below shows the lifting bracket locations for the EPA07 DD13.

1. Venturi 11. EGR Cooler / Water Manifold Assembly


2. Bolt 12. Coolant Crossover Tube
3. Gasket 13. Cylinder Head
4. Mounting Bolt 14. Bolt
5. Bolt (6 qty.) 15. Rear Lifting Bracket – Left Side
6. Bolt 16. Rear Lifting Bracket – Right Side
7. Exhaust Gas Crossover Tube/Lifting Eye 17. Mixer Pipe
8. Exhaust Gas Connecting Tube 18. Clamp
9. Bolt 19. Connector Hose
10. Plate
Figure 55. EPA07 DD13 Lifting Bracket Locations

258 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

EPA10 DD13 Lifting Bracket Locations


Below shows the lifting bracket locations for the EPA10 DD13.

1. Venturi 11. EGR Cooler / Water Manifold Assembly


2. Bolt 12. Coolant Crossover Tube
3. Gasket 13. Cylinder Head
4. Mounting Bolt 14. Bolt
5. Bolt 15. Rear Lifting Bracket – Left Side
6. Bolt (6 qty.) 16. Rear Lifting Bracket – Right Side
7. Exhaust Gas Crossover Tube 17. Mixer Pipe
8. Exhaust Gas Connecting Tube 18. Clamp
9. Bolt 19. Connector Hose
10. Plate 20. Lifting Bracket
Figure 56. EPA10 DD13 Lifting Bracket Locations
EPA07 DD15 Lifting Bracket Location
Below shows the lifting bracket locations for the EPA07 DD15.

All information subject to change without notice. 259


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
49 Engine Lifter Brackets

1. Venturi 11. Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler


2. Bolt 12. Water Manifold
3. Gasket 13. Coolant Crossover Tube
4. Bolt 14. Cylinder Head
5. Bolt (6 qty.) 15. Bolt
6. Bolt 16. Rear Lifter Bracket – Left Side
7. Exhaust Gas Crossover Tube/Lifting Eye 17. Rear Lifter Bracket – Right Side
8. Exhaust Gas Connector Tube 18. Mixer Pipe
9. Bolt 19. Clamp
10. Plate 20. Connector Hose
Figure 57. EPA07 DD15 Lifting Bracket Location
EPA10 DD15 and DD16 Lifting Bracket Location
Below shows the lifting bracket locations for the EPA10 DD15 and DD16.

260 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

1. Venturi 12. Water Manifold


2. Bolt 13. Coolant Crossover Tube
3. Gasket 14. Cylinder Head
4. Bolt 15. Bolt
5. Bolt 16. Rear Lifter Bracket – Left Side
6. Bolt (6 qty.) 17. Rear Lifter Bracket – Right Side
7. Exhaust Gas Crossover Tube 18. Mixer Pipe
8. Exhaust Gas Connector Tube 19. Clamp
9. Bolt 20. Connector Hose
10. Plate 21. Lifter Bracket
11. Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler
Figure 58. EPA10 DD15 and DD16 Lifting Bracket Location

49.2 Removal of the Front Engine Lifter Bracket without Front Engine Power Take-off
For EPA10 engines, remove as follows:
1. Remove the two bolts (1) from the front engine lifter bracket.

All information subject to change without notice. 261


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
49 Engine Lifter Brackets

2. Remove the front engine lifter bracket.

49.3 Installation of the Front Engine Lifter Bracket without Front Engine Power Take-
Off
For EPA10 engines, install as follows:
1. Install the front engine lifter bracket to the engine.
2. Install the two bolts. Torque to 160 N·m (110 lb·ft).

49.4 Removal of the Front Engine Lifter Bracket with Front Engine Power Take-off
For EPA07 engines, remove as follows:
1. Loosen the two hose clamps on the venturi to mixer pipe hose.
2. Slide the connector hose fully on the mixer pipe. If hose is cut, torn, or cracked, then remove and discard it.
3. Remove the two bolts attaching the venturi to the exhaust gas crossover tube/lifting eye.
4. Remove the six bolts attaching the exhaust gas crossover tube/lifting eye to the cylinder head.
5. Remove the bolt attaching the exhaust gas crossover tube/lifting eye to the coolant crossover tube.
6. Remove the bolt attaching the coolant crossover tube to the exhaust gas crossover tube/lifting eye.
7. Slide the exhaust gas crossover tube/lifting eye off the exhaust gas connector tube and remove from engine.
8. Remove the exhaust gas connector tube from the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler.

49.5 Installation of the Front Engine Lifter Bracket with Front Engine Power Take-Off
For EPA07 engines, install as follows:
1. Install a new Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) connector tube, if needed, onto EGR cooler and install EGR exhaust
gas crossover tube/lifting eye to cylinder head.
2. Loosely install six bolts to exhaust gas crossover tube/lifting eye.
3. Install bolt attaching the exhaust gas crossover tube/lifting eye to the coolant crossover tube. Torque to 30 N·m (22
lb·ft).
4. Install bolt attaching the coolant crossover tube to the exhaust gas crossover tube/lifting eye. Torque to 30 N·m (22
lb·ft).
5. Tighten six exhaust gas crossover tube/lifting eye bolts to cylinder head. Torque to 60 N·m (44 lb·ft).
6. Slide mixer pipe onto hose with soap and water for ease of installation.

262 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

7. Install venturi to exhaust gas crossover tube/lifting eye with a new gasket and two bolts; torque bolts to 30 N·m (22
lb·ft).
8. Slide hose onto venturi using soap and water for ease of installation.
9. Install two clamps onto hose and tighten.

49.6 Removal of the Rear Engine Lifter Brackets


Remove as follows:
1. Remove the bolts securing the lifter brackets to the engine.
2. Remove lifter bracket.

49.7 Inspection of the Engine Lifter Brackets


Inspect the lifter brackets for cracks, bending, or other damage. Replace the bracket if any of these conditions exist.

49.8 Installation of the Rear Engine Lifter Brackets


Install as follows:
1. Install the two rear lifter brackets with four bolts to the cylinder head.
2. Torque the bolts to 180 N·m (132 lb·ft).

All information subject to change without notice. 263


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
50 Belt Drive Tensioner System

50 Belt Drive Tensioner System

50.1 Description and Operation of the Belt Drive Tensioner and Related Parts
The engine uses two poly-V-belts. Since this type of belt is very flexible, a number of major assemblies can be driven by one
poly-V-belt. The alternator, refrigerant compressor, and coolant pump are driven by one eight-ribbed poly-V-belt. The fan
clutch and the engine fan are driven by one ten-ribbed poly-V-belt.
The belt tensioners are firmly bolted onto the accessory bracket. The tensioning arms with tensioner pulleys are turned
counterclockwise by the force of the springs to provide the required tension in the belts. There is a square hole in each
tensioning arm to install a ½ in socket tool for removal and installation of the poly-V-belts. The outer poly-V-belt must be
removed before removing the inner poly-V-belt.

264 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

1. Crankcase Damper 8. Accessory Mounting Bracket


2. Poly-V-Belt for the Fan 9. Belt Tensioner
3. Alternator 10. Fan Clutch
4. Pulley 11. Pulley and Spacer
5. Poly-V-Belt for Alternator, Refrigerant Compressor and 12. Water Pump
Coolant Pump 13. Idler Pulley Bracket
6. Tensioner Pulley 14. Idler Pulley
7. Refrigerant Compressor
Figure 59. Belt Drive Tensioner and Related Parts

50.2 Removal of the Belt Tensioner


Remove as follows:
1. Remove the two poly-V-belts. Refer to section "Removal of the Poly-V-Belts"
2. Remove the three bolts from the tensioner.
3. Remove the tensioner from the bracket.

50.3 Installation of the Belt Tensioner


Install as follows:
1. Install the tensioner to the bracket.
2. Install the three bolts attaching the tensioner to the bracket. Torque to 60 N·m (44 lb·ft).
3. Install the two poly-V-belts. Refer to section "Installation of the Poly-V-Belts"

50.4 Removal of the Idler Pulley and Idler Pulley Bracket


Remove as follows:
1. Remove the two poly-V-belts. Refer to section "Removal of the Poly-V-Belts"
2. Remove the idler pulley from the idler pulley bracket.
3. Remove the two bolts from the idler pulley bracket and remove the idler pulley bracket from the engine.

50.5 Inspection of the Idler Pulley Bracket


Inspect as follows:
1. Check the surface of the bracket that mounts to the cylinder block. If the bracket has no signs of machining, it will
require replacement. Non-machined surfaces (1) and machined surfaces (2) shown below.

All information subject to change without notice. 265


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
50 Belt Drive Tensioner System

50.6 Installation of the Idler Pulley and Idler Pulley Bracket


Install as follows:
1. Install the idler pulley bracket to the engine.
2. Install the two bolts to the idler pulley bracket. Torque to 60 N·m (44 lb·ft).
3. Install the idler pulley to the idler pulley bracket. Torque to 60 N·m (44 lb·ft).
4. Install the two poly-V-belts. Refer to section "Installation of the Poly-V-Belts"

50.7 Removal of the Non-Bracketed Idler Pulley


Remove as follows:
1. Remove the two poly-V-belts. Refer to section "Removal of the Poly-V-Belts"
2. Remove the bolt from the idler pulley. Remove the idler pulley and spacer from the engine block.

50.8 Installation of the Non-Bracketed Idler Pulley


Install as follows:
1. Insert bolt through idler pulley and spacer.
2. Install bolt to engine block. Torque to 60 N·m (44 lb·ft).
3. Install the two poly-V-belts. Refer to section "Installation of the Poly-V-Belts"

50.9 Removal of the Accessory Mounting Bracket


Remove as follows:
1. Remove the two poly-V-belts. Refer to section "Removal of the Poly-V-Belts"

266 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

2. Remove the three bolts from the belt tensioner.


3. Remove the belt tensioner from the accessory mounting bracket.
4. Remove the air conditioner compressor. Refer to OEM procedures.
5. Remove the alternator. Refer to OEM procedures.
6. Remove the six bolts attaching the accessory mounting bracket to the engine.
7. Remove the accessory mounting bracket.

50.10 Installation of the Accessory Mounting Bracket


Install as follows:
1. Install the accessory mounting bracket to the engine.
2. Install the six bolts attaching the accessory mounting bracket to the engine. Torque to 60 N·m (44 lb·ft).
3. Install the alternator. Refer to OEM procedures.
4. Install the air conditioner compressor. Refer to OEM procedures.
5. Install the accessory mounting to the belt tensioner bracket.
6. Install the three bolts to the belt tensioner. Torque to 60 N·m (44 lb·ft).
7. Install the two poly-V-belts. Refer to section "Installation of the Poly-V-Belts"

All information subject to change without notice. 267


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
51 Poly-V-Belts

51 Poly-V-Belts

51.1 Description and Operation of the Poly-V Belts


The Poly-V belts are used to transmit power or torque from the crankshaft to each of the accessory components.
These belts are currently constructed of a compound known as EPDM (Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer) instead of the
typical Neoprene used in the past. The compound is much more elastic by design, making it very resistant to cracking
throughout its lifespan. Because the compound wears much like a tire does on the road, a visual check of the belt is not a
good indicator of belt wear. The proper method is to measure how much each of the ribs is worn using a calibrated gauge,
available from Gates.

51.2 Removal of the Poly-V-Belts


Remove as follows:

NOTICE: Use a half-inch socket tool (with extension) is used. Do not use more than a six inch extension on the
socket tool to reduce the danger of cracking the tensioner. Apply smooth pressure to tensioner. Jerking or sudden
pressure could cause damage to tensioner.

NOTICE: Never pre-tension the non-grooved pulley idler arm before the grooved idler pulley arm is pre-tensioned.

NOTICE: Never turn the pulley idler arms clockwise.

NOTICE: When removing the poly-V-belts always remove the belt driving the fan first and then remove the belt
driving the alternator, refrigerant compressor and coolant pump.

NOTICE: Do not use any type of cleaning solvent to the rubber parts on the tensioner.

1. Install a half-inch extension tool into the square hole (2) on the grooved pulley idler arm (1).

2. Turn the grooved pulley idler arm counterclockwise. Maximum allowable torque is 90-100 N·m (66-73 lb·ft).

268 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

3. Insert an M10x80 bolt (or equivalent pin), into the bracket hole (2) in the idler arm.
4. Release the idler arm. The grooved pulley idler arm is now locked in a pre-tensioned position.
5. Remove the poly-V belt.
6. Install a half-inch extension into the square hole (V) on the non-grooved pulley idler arm (1).

7. Turn the non-grooved pulley idler arm counterclockwise. Maximum allowable torque is 90-100 N·m (66-73 lb·ft).
8. Insert an M10x80 bolt (or equivalent pin), into the bracket hole in the non-grooved pulley idler arm (2).
9. Release the idler arm. The non-grooved pulley idler arm is now locked in a pre-tensioned position.
10. Remove the belt from the pulleys, then remove the alternator and refrigerant compressor.

51.3 Inspection of the Poly-V-Belts


Unlike neoprene belts, EPDM belts are inspected using the wear of the belt ribs as an indicator of remaining life in addition
to a visual inspection. A precision wear gauge, available from Gates®, is the preferred method of determining belt wear.
Inspect as follows:

All information subject to change without notice. 269


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
51 Poly-V-Belts

Table 27.
Poly-V-Belt Inspection Concerns
ABRASION CHUNK-OUT

IMPROPER INSTALL CRACKING

PILLING UNEVEN RIB WEAR

MISALIGNMENT GRAVEL PENETRATION

270 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

Poly-V-Belt Inspection Concerns

1. Inspect the belt contact surfaces for chips, flaking, cracks and discoloration.
a. If any of the above conditions are present, correct the problem and replace the belt.
b. If the belt is visually OK, Go to step 2.
2. Using the appropriate Gates® belt wear gauge, measure the amount of wear on the belt.
3. Inspect the belt (2) for wear using the gauge (1) as follows:
• If the wear gauge (2) is visible above the ribs of the belt, the belt may be reused (1). See figure below.
• If the wear gauge (2) does not protrude above the ribs (4) of the belt, replace the belt.

a. Shut the engine off (key OFF, engine OFF).


b. Place the long end of the tool between the ribs of the worn belt.

All information subject to change without notice. 271


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
51 Poly-V-Belts

4. Inspect the bearings in the idler pulleys and accessories by rotating the pulleys to look for bearing slop or choppy
feeling bearings.
5. Inspect the tensioner assembly. Is the spring damper damaged or leaking? Is there wear on the bushing of the alternator
side arm? Belt tracking toward the forward side of the pulley (A) may be evidence of worn bushings.

a. If damage is present, replace the tensioner assembly.


b. If no damage is evident, the tensioner may be reused.
6. Inspect the pulleys for damage and excessive wear. If pulleys or the belts are damaged, change the damaged pulley and
the belt.

272 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

7. Check wear pattern on all idler pulleys.

a. If wear pattern location is incorrect (A), change the pulley and bracket.
b. If wear pattern location is correct (B), idler and bracket can be reused.
8. Inspect the idler bracket. Refer to section "Inspection of the Idler Pulley Bracket".

51.4 Installation of the Poly-V-Belts


Install as follows:

NOTE: If tensioners are pre-tensioned, Go to step 9.

1. Install a half-inch extension into the square hole on the grooved pulley idler arm.
2. Turn the grooved pulley idler arm counterclockwise. Maximum allowable torque is 90-100 N·m (66-73 lb·ft).
3. Insert an M10x80 bolt (or equivalent pin), into the bracket hole in the grooved pulley idler arm.
4. Release the idler arm. The grooved pulley idler arm is now locked in a pre-tensioned position.
5. Install a half-inch extension into the square hole in the non-grooved pulley idler arm bracket.

All information subject to change without notice. 273


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
51 Poly-V-Belts

6. Turn the non-grooved pulley idler arm counterclockwise. Maximum allowable torque is 90-100 N·m (66-73 lb·ft).
7. Insert an M10x80 bolt (or equivalent pin), into the bracket hole on the non-grooved pulley idler arm.
8. Release the idler arm. The non-grooved pulley idler arm is now locked in a pre-tensioned position.

NOTE: Be sure the belt being installed on the engine is the proper width to match the pulleys.

9. Install the poly-V-belts onto the pulleys.


10. Ensure the belts are properly installed on the pulleys.
11. Install a half-inch extension into the square hole (V) on the non-grooved idler arm.
12. Turn the non-grooved pulley idler arm counterclockwise until the pin holding the idler arm can be removed. Remove
the pin.
13. Install a half-inch extension into the square hole in the grooved pulley idler arm.
14. Turn the grooved pulley idler arm counterclockwise until the pin holding the grooved pulley idler arm can be removed.
Remove the pin.

274 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

52 Air Compressor

52.1 Description and Operation of the Air Compressor


The function of the air compressor is to provide and maintain air under pressure to operate devices in air brake systems.
Detroit™ offers two sizes of air compressors. The single-cylinder compressor has a displacement 360 cm³ and the two-
cylinder compressor has a displacement 650 cm³. Both compressors are installed with an Energy Saving System (ESS) to
save fuel.
The air compressor is mounted to the rear of the cylinder block on the left side of the engine.
The engine provides a continuous supply of oil to the compressor. Oil is routed from the oil passage in the gear case to the
compressor oil inlet. The air compressor is designed to permit direct installation of the compressor onto the gear case. The
compressor consists of a water-cooled cylinder head assembly and an integral air-cooled crankcase assembly. The cylinder
head assembly is made up of the cylinder head, cooling plate and valve plate assembly and uses two sealing gaskets. The
cylinder head contains air and water ports as well as an unloader assembly. A cooling plate is located between the cylinder
head and valve plate assemblies and assists in cooling. The valve plate assembly consists of brazed steel plates which have
valve openings and passages for air and engine coolant to flow into and out of the cylinder head.

Description and Operation of the Single-Cylinder Air Compressor and Related Parts

1. Bolt 8. Gear
2. Cover 9. Nut
3. O-ring 10. Clamp (OEM provided)
4. Coolant Return Line Assembly 11. Bolt (OEM provided)
5. Coolant Inlet Line Assembly 12. Intake Line (OEM provided)
6. Single Cylinder Air Compressor 13. Bolt
7. O-ring 14. Oil Supply O-ring
Figure 60. Single Cylinder Air Compressor and Related Parts
Description and Operation of the Two-Cylinder Air Compressor and Related Parts

All information subject to change without notice. 275


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
52 Air Compressor

1. Bolt 10. Clamp (OEM provided)


2. Cover 11. Bolt (OEM provided)
3. O-ring 12. Intake Line (OEM provided)
4. Coolant Return Line Assembly 13. Bolt
5. Coolant Inlet Line Assembly 14. Oil Supply O-Ring
6. Two Cylinder Air Compressor 15. Bolt
7. O-ring 16. Bracket
8. Gear 17. Bolt
9. Nut
Figure 61. Two Cylinder Air Compressor and Related Parts
Description and Operation of the Unloader Valve
The air compressor is driven by the engine and functions continuously when the engine is in operation. The function of the
unloader valve allows the air compressor to operate in an unloaded state, where the compressor piston continues to
reciprocate, but does not build additional air pressure in the vehicle's compressed air system. Located within the cylinder
head, the unloader valve assembly (in conjunction with the governor) controls whether the air compressor operates in a
loaded or unloaded state.
When the vehicle air pressure system is above the minimum threshold, air pressure from the governor acts on the unloader
piston, lifting it off its seat. With the unloader valve unseated, air from the cylinder flows into a small chamber in the head,
instead of into the vehicle's compressed air system. Air then cycles between the cylinder and chamber in the head until the
unloader valve is seated once again.

NOTE: Air in piston shuttles back and forth from the piston to the closed chamber during unloaded operation.

276 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

1. Air from Governor Unloader Port 3. Unloader Piston Up and Unseated


2. Closed Chamber
Figure 62. Piston and Closed Chamber
When the vehicle air pressure system is below the minimum threshold, no air pressure is sent to the unloader valve. With the
unloader valve seated, the air compressor will build air pressure in the vehicle's compressed air system.

1. Inlet Valve Closed 5. Air Inlet Port


2. Valve Plate 6. Discharge Valve Open
3. Cooling Plate 7. Unloader Port
4. Air Discharge Port 8. Piston Down and Sealed
Figure 63. Air Pressure Discharge to Vehicle

NOTE: The two-cylinder compressor requires two Unloader Valve Service Kits-- one for each cylinder.

All information subject to change without notice. 277


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
52 Air Compressor

1. Unloader Cap 5. O-ring


2. Gasket 6. Unloader Piston
3. Balance Piston 7. O-ring
4. Spring 8. O-ring
Figure 64. Unloader Valve and Related Parts

52.2 Removal of the Air Compressor


Remove as follows:
1. Disconnect the batteries.
2. Drain the coolant. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".

NOTICE: Ensure the air pressure has been released from the air lines before removing the lines from the air
compressor.

3. Relieve air pressure from tanks.


4. Remove the power steering pump. Refer to OEM guidelines.
5. Disconnect the air lines to and from the compressor.
6. Disconnect and drain the coolant supply and return lines at the air compressor.
7. If the compressor is the two-cylinder version, remove the bracket and the three bolts that secure it to the engine and
compressor.
8. Remove the four bolts that secure the air compressor to the cylinder block.

NOTICE: Do not contact the drive gear to the engine block during removal; damage to the seal surface will cause
oil leaks.

9. Slide the air compressor forward and remove from engine.


10. Discard the air compressor mounting O-ring and oil supply O-ring.

278 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

52.3 Inspection of the Air Compressor


Inspect as follows:
Advanced troubleshooting information for the Bendix® air compressor can be found on the Bendix web site at http://
bendix.com/media/documents/products_1/compressorsgovernors_1/troubleshootingguide.pdf (http://bendix.com/media/
documents/products_1/compressorsgovernors_1/troubleshootingguide.pdf) (see technical bulletin SD-01-690) or call the
Bendix Technical Assistance Center at 1-800-AIR-BRAKE, (1-800-247-2725).
It is important to consider that symptoms of poor performance of the air compressor may be caused by faults elsewhere
within the air brake system, particularly in the air pressure governor, the air dryer, and in the air lines and fittings.
Symptoms of failure to load or to unload the air compressor, or excessive purge frequency at the air dryer, are often caused
by significant air leaks in the governor air lines, or leaks caused by broken, deteriorated or loose governor line fittings, a
faulty air pressure governor. These symptoms may also be caused by deteriorated o-rings on the unloader valve.
Use a pressure gauge to check the governor line pressure at the unloader port of the air compressor. The pressure should be
tank pressure in unloaded state, and no pressure in the loaded state. If this is not the case, then the governor lines and fittings
should be checked for leaks, the governor should be inspected, and the air compressor unloader valve should be inspected.
1. Inspect the intake hose adapters for physical damage; make certain to check the adapters at both ends of the intake hose
or tubing.
2. Inspect the intake hose clamps and tighten them if needed.
3. Inspect the intake hose or line for signs of drying, cracking, chafing and ruptures; replace if necessary.
4. Ensure all metal tubes are tight to the mating fitting.
5. Inspect the metal tubes for any cracks or breaks; replace as necessary.
6. Check the exterior of the compressor for signs of oil seepage. Refer to the troubleshooting manual for appropriate tests
and corrective action. Check for cylinder head gasket air leakage. Refer to the Bendix web site for procedure and repair
components.

52.4 Inspection of the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Compressed Air Flow System after Air
Compressor Failure
If the air compressor has failed, inspect the following Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) compressed air flow systems components
as follows:
1. Inspect the air compressor air discharge line. If the line is contaminated with oil or water, the air dryer/oil coalescing
filter must be replaced. Refer to the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) procedures.
a. Drain all air tanks and inspect for contamination. If contamination is found, fill air tanks to operating pressure
and drain at least two times, or until all contamination is removed from the air tanks. Refer to OEM procedures.
b. Replace the air lines between the air compressor and the air dryer. Refer to OEM procedures.
c. Replace the air lines between the air dryer to the air tank. Refer to OEM procedures.
2. Check for oil at the Pressure Limiting Unit (PLU). If oil is found, the DEF air system will have to be replaced. Replace
the following:
a. DEF pneumatic switching valve. Refer to section "Removal of the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pump Module Pneumatic
Switching Valve"
b. Air screen in the metering unit. Refer to section "Removal of the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pump Module Filter
Screen"
c. Air lines between the air tank and the PLU. Refer to OEM procedures.
d. Air lines between the PLU and the DEF supply unit and the metering unit. Refer to OEM procedures.

52.5 Installation of the Air Compressor


Install as follows:
1. If removed, install the air compressor gear to the air compressor shaft and secure with nut. Thread is left-handed;
torque nut to 210 to 250 N·m (155 to 185 lb·ft).
2. Clean all foreign material from the mating surfaces of the air compressor and the cylinder block.

All information subject to change without notice. 279


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
52 Air Compressor

NOTICE: Ensure the correct bolt length is used when the air compressor is installed. If an incorrect bolt length
(too long) is used, the cup plugs installed in the cylinder block can be pushed out into the gear train causing
severe damage to the gear train. The correct bolt length is 35 mm (1.37 in.).

NOTICE: Ensure when the air compressor coolant lines are installed, that there is an O-ring and an O-ring
retainer installed on both ends of the coolant lines. Ensure that the coolant line retainer is installed on the coolant
line and is pushed down to lock the lines onto the inlet and outlet ports to the cylinder block, fuel filter module and
air compressor. A leak will occur if the lines are incorrectly installed and the coolant line retainer is not engaged in
the locked position. If the O-ring or the coolant line retainers are missing or removed, replace the coolant line.

3. Install a new O-ring on the air compressor hub and a new O-ring on the oil supply, and then install the air compressor
on the cylinder block. Torque the four bolts to 60 N·m (44 lb·ft).
4. Install the coolant supply and return lines to the air compressor.
5. Install bracket if two-cylinder compressor is used. Hand-tighten all bolts first so that the bracket touches the engine
block and compressor, then torque the bolt to the compressor to 50 N·m (37 lb·ft) and the two bolts to the cylinder
block to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).

NOTICE: Ensure the correct pipe thread fitting is being used before installing the air lines to and from the air
compressor. The new air compressor will require an M10 fitting on the air lines -- NOT a 3/8” fitting. Failure to
install the correct fitting will result in air leaks and permanent damage to the air compressor.

6. Install the air lines to and from the air compressor. Refer to OEM specifications.

NOTICE: Ensure that the quick-connect fitting of the intake hose is securely fastened to the compressor intake
port. There are two latch points on the plastic quick-connect fitting. To engage the latches, press the quick-
connect fitting all the way to the stop on the intake port.

7. Install the power steering pump. Refer to OEM guidelines.


8. Fill the cooling system. Refer to OEM specifications.

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST


To avoid injury from inhaling engine exhaust, always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area.
Engine exhaust is toxic.

WARNING: PERSONAL INJURY


To avoid injury before starting and running the engine, ensure the vehicle is parked on a level
surface, parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked.

9. Start the engine and check for leaks.

280 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

53 Air Compressor Unloader Valve

53.1 Removal of the Air Compressor Unloader Valve


Remove as follows:

NOTICE: Do not allow dirt or debris to fall into the unloader valve bore as damage can occur.

1. Clean the area surrounding the unloader valve assembly.

NOTE: For two-cylinder compressors, retain the original caps for re-assembly. For single-cylinder compressors,
discard cap.

2. Hold the unloader cap (1) in place to restrain the spring pressure and remove the two unloader cap screws. Remove and
discard the unloader cap (1) and gasket (2).

NOTICE: Do not allow dirt or debris to fall into the unloader valve bore as damage can occur.

3. Remove and discard the balance piston (3) and spring (4) from the cylinder head. Then remove and discard the
unloader piston (6) along with its three O-rings (5, 7, 8).
4. Inspect the cylinder head bore for any scoring or damage. If damage is found, replace the compressor.

53.2 Inspection of the Air Compressor Unloader Valve


Inspect as follows:
1. Check for leaks at the unloader port. Replace leaking or worn O-rings.
2. Make certain that the unloader system lines and fittings are connected properly and free of leaks.

All information subject to change without notice. 281


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
53 Air Compressor Unloader Valve

3. Cycle the compressor through the loaded and unloaded cycle several times. Make certain that the governor cuts-in
(compressor resumes compressing air) at a minimum of 105 psi (cut-out should be approximately 15-20 psi greater
than cut-in pressure. Adjust or replace the governor as required.

NOTE: Some governor variants are non-adjustable.

4. Note that the compressor cycles to the loaded and unloaded conditions promptly. If prompt action is not noted, repair or
replace the governor and/or repair the compressor unloader.

53.3 Installation of the Air Compressor Unloader Valve


Install as follows:

NOTICE: Do not allow dirt or debris to fall into the unloader valve bore as damage can occur.

1. Clean the unloader piston bore in the cylinder head.

NOTE: Install the largest and smallest O-rings to the outside of the piston.

2. Using the lubricant provided, thoroughly lubricate and install the O-rings on the unloader piston and lubricate the
unloader piston bore in the cylinder head. It is recommended to utilize the entire grease cartridge for each unloader
valve assembly being installed.
3. Insert the spring into the unloader piston.
4. Lubricate the balance piston and insert the piston (smaller diameter first) into the spring previously installed in the
unloader piston.

NOTE: For the two-cylinder compressor, install the original unloader caps and discard the caps supplied with the
service kit. For the single-cylinder compressor, install the cap supplied in the kit.

5. Position the unloader cap gasket on the cylinder head. Position the unloader cap on top of the balance piston, making
certain the cap is oriented properly.
6. Using manual pressure, gently push the balance piston into the unloader piston until the unloader cap rests against the
cylinder head.
7. Install and torque the unloader cap screws to 7 to 8 N·m (62 to 71 lb·in.).

282 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

54 Cylinder Block

54.1 Description and Operation of the Cylinder Block and Related Parts
The cylinder block is the basic engine structure, establishing and maintaining the alignment of all engine working parts. The
cylinder block is made from an iron material. High strength and low noise are features of the cylinder block, and is a result of
the vertical and horizontal reinforcements and the design of the oil return ducts. The cylinder block lower collar design
allows for a shorter distance between cylinders and a more compact design for the cylinder block. Each cylinder bore is
sealed to a cylinder liner with two sealing rings: the upper sealing ring seals the upper coolant jacket to the cylinder block
bore, and the lower sealing ring seals the lower coolant jacket to the cylinder block bore.

1. Cylinder Liner 5. Lower Coolant Jacket


2. Top of Cylinder Liner 6. Lower Collar
3. Upper Sealing Ring 7. Lower Sealing Ring
4. Upper Coolant Jacket 8. Bottom of Cylinder Liner
Figure 65. Cylinder Liner
The cylinder liners are designed as "bottom stop" cylinder liners which means that the cylinder liners are installed with a
lower collar in the cylinder block. This design allows for a shorter distance between cylinders and a more compact design for
the cylinder block.

All information subject to change without notice. 283


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
54 Cylinder Block

1. Bolt, Front Cover to Cylinder Block 13. Dowel Pin


2. Front Crankshaft Seal 14. Expansion Plug, Cooling Water Duct
3. Front Cover 15. Pin
4. Gasket, Front Cover to Cylinder Block 16. Expansion Plug
5. Expansion Plug, Front Oil Duct Intake 17. Coolant Drain Plug
6. Expansion Plug, Front Oil Duct Outlet 18. Dowel Pin
7. Expansion Plug, Connector Front Oil Duct Outlet 19. Dowel Pin, Crankshaft Bearing Cap
8. Bottom Cylinder Liner Seal Ring 20. Piston Oil Spray Nozzle
9. Cylinder Liner 21. Bolt, Oil Spray Nozzle
10. Top Cylinder Liner Seal Ring 22. Main Bearing Cap
11. Expansion Plug, Connector Crankcase Ventilation 23. Bolt, Crankshaft Bearing Cap to Cylinder Block
12. Plug
Figure 66. Cylinder Block, Cylinder Liners and Related Parts
The cylinder block has 1.5 mm counterbores machined on top for the cylinder head to cylinder block sealing surface. The
lubrication and coolant holes in the cylinder block supply the cylinder head with oil and coolant. This allows for a superior
sealing pressure between the gasket, cylinder head and cylinder block. The cylinder block uses replaceable, wet-type cylinder
liners.

284 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

1. Coolant Return for Cylinder Head Coolant Manifold 5. Coolant Connection for EGR Cooler
2. Coolant Feed for Oil Water Heat Exchanger 6. Coolant Transfer Hole to Cylinder Head
3. Coolant Connection for Fuel Heat Exchanger 7. Coolant Return from Cylinder Head
4. Coolant Connection for Air Compressor
Figure 67. Cylinder Block

All information subject to change without notice. 285


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
54 Cylinder Block

1. Oil Holes 8. Holes for Feed Gear Drive


2. Connection for Oil Pressure Sensor 9. Connection for Oil Feed to Axial Power Turbine
3. Connection for Engine Oil Temperature Sensor 10. Oil Feed Connection for Cylinder Block Ventilation
4. Oil Return for Oil Filter Change 11. Oil Feed Connection Turbocharger
5. Oil Return Connection from Oil Water Heat Exchanger 12. Oil Hole
6. Oil Feed Connection to Oil Water Heat Exchanger 13. Oil Transfer Holes to the Cylinder Head
7. Oil Hole 14. Oil Return from Cylinder Head
Figure 68. Cylinder Block

286 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

1. Oil Return to Oil Pan 2. Oil Feed Bore


Figure 69. Bottom of Cylinder Block Oil Hole Location

All information subject to change without notice. 287


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
54 Cylinder Block

1. Oil Feed Hole for Main Bearing and Connecting Rod 2. Oil Feed Hole for Oil Spray Nozzles
Bearing
Figure 70. Bottom of Cylinder Block Oil Hole Location

54.2 Removal and Disassembly of the Engine from Vehicle


Before mounting an engine on an overhaul stand, it must be disconnected from the transmission. Details for removing an
engine will vary from one application to another. However, the following steps will be necessary, regardless of application:
1. Steam clean the engine.
2. Disconnect the battery cable(s) from the battery(s).
3. Drain the cooling system. Refer to section "Cooling System Drain Procedure".
4. Drain the lubricating oil.
5. Disconnect the lines on the fuel filter module from the fuel tank.
6. Remove the air cleaner ducting as necessary for engine removal. Refer to OEM guidelines.
7. Remove the charge air cooler ducting from the turbocharger and intake manifold.
8. Disconnect the exhaust piping from the engine.
9. Remove the 21-pin connector from the MCM.
10. Disconnect wiring from the starter and remove.
11. Disconnect the alternator and other electrical equipment, as necessary.
12. Disconnect the air compressor air lines, as necessary.
13. Disconnect and remove the coolant hoses.
14. Remove the charge air cooler, radiator, fan guard and other cooling system-related parts as necessary to remove the
engine.

288 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

WARNING: FALLING ENGINE


To avoid injury from a falling engine, ensure an appropriately rated lifting device with a spreader
bar and sling is used to lift the engine. Moving the engine without an appropriately rated lifting
device could result in the engine falling, which could cause serious personal injury and component
damage. The sling and spreader bar should be adjusted so the lifting hooks are vertical to prevent
bending the lifter brackets. To ensure proper weight distribution, all provided lifter brackets must be
used.

15. Connect cylinder head/engine lifting bar tool (W470589006200) to the engine using all three lifting brackets (two at the
rear and one at the front).
16. Remove the engine mounting bolts.
17. Lift the engine from its mounts using W470589006200.
18. Separate the engine from the transmission.
19. Remove the fuel filter module. Refer to section "Removal of the Fuel Filter Module - Three-Filter System".
20. Remove the high pressure fuel pump. Refer to section "Removal of the High Pressure Fuel Pump - Three-Filter
System".

WARNING: FALLING ENGINE


To avoid injury from a falling engine, ensure the engine is securely attached to the engine overhaul
stand before releasing the lifting sling.

21. Use engine overhaul stand (J–29109) for support when stripping an engine cylinder block.
22. Rotate engine in either direction and lock it into position.
23. Remove the inlet and outlet fuel lines connected to the Motor Control Module (MCM), if equipped.
24. Remove any electrical components, accessories, connectors or wiring looms from the engine.
25. With the engine mounted on the overhaul stand, remove all of any remaining subassemblies and parts from the cylinder
block.
a. Remove the rocker cover. Refer to section "Removal of the Rocker Cover".
b. Remove the engine lifter brackets.
Refer to section "Removal of the Front Engine Lifter Bracket without Front Engine Power Take-off".
Refer to section "Removal of the Front Engine Lifter Bracket with Front Engine Power Take-off"
Refer to section "Removal of the Rear Engine Lifter Brackets".
c. Remove the vibration damper. Refer to section "Removal of the Vibration Damper".
d. Remove the flywheel. Refer to section "Removal of the Flywheel".
e. Remove the flywheel housing. Refer to section "Removal of the Flywheel Housing".
f. Remove the idler gears.
g. Remove the camshaft housing. Refer to section "Removal of the Camshaft Housing".
h. Remove the cylinder head.
For DD13: Refer to section "Removal of the DD13 Cylinder Head".
For DD15 and DD16: Refer to section "Removal of the DD15 and DD16 Cylinder Head".
i. Remove the oil pan. Refer to section "Removal of the Oil Pan".
j. Remove the piston and connecting rod assembly. Refer to section "Removal of the Piston and Connecting Rod
Assembly".
k. Remove the cylinder liners. Refer to section "Removal of the Cylinder Liner".
l. Remove the crankshaft. Refer to section "Removal of the Crankshaft".

NOTICE: Before removing main bearing caps, be sure each is stamped or punch-marked in numerical order,
beginning with No. 1 at the front, to ensure installation in their original position. Mark all caps on the oil cooler side
(left side) of the engine to prevent reversal at assembly. Failure to mark numerical order may result in the caps
being put back in incorrect order, improper crankshaft support and severe crankshaft or bearing damage or both.

m. Remove the crankshaft main bearings.

All information subject to change without notice. 289


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
54 Cylinder Block

54.3 Cleaning the Cylinder Block


NOTICE: This cleaning procedure may be used on all ordinary cast iron and steel parts for the engine. Aluminum
parts, such as flywheel housing, air intake manifold, oil filter adaptor and the camshaft gear access cover should
NOT be cleaned in this manner. Mention will be made of special procedures when necessary.

Before removing cylinder liners for block cleaning, the liner bores should be gauged to determine whether liner replacement
is necessary. Remove cylinder liners with the cylinder liner removal tool (J–45876) before putting the block in cleaning or
de-scaling baths, to avoid trapping cleaning agents in block liner seating bores. Clean the cylinder block as follows:
1. Remove all oil and water gallery plugs to allow the cleaning solution to enter the inside of the oil and water passages.
Remove piston oil spray nozzles at the base of each cylinder bore.
2. Immerse and agitate the block in a hot bath of a commercial, heavy-duty alkaline solution.
3. Wash the block in hot water or steam clean it to remove the alkaline solution.
4. If the water jackets are heavily scaled, proceed as follows:
a. Immerse and agitate the block in a bath of inhibited phosphoric acid.
b. Allow the block to remain in the acid bath until the bubbling action stops (approximately 30 minutes).
c. Lift the block, drain it and immerse it again in the same acid solution for 10 more minutes. Repeat until all scale
is removed from the water jacket area.
d. Rinse the block in clear, hot water to remove the acid solution.
e. Neutralize the acid that may cling to the casting by immersing the block in an alkaline bath.
f. Wash the block in clean water and dry it.

WARNING: EYE INJURY


To avoid injury from flying debris when using compressed air, wear adequate eye protection (face
shield or safety goggles) and do not exceed 276 kPa (40 psi) air pressure.

5. Dry the cylinder block with compressed air. Blow out all of the bolt holes and passages with compressed air.
6. Be certain that all water passages and oil galleries have been thoroughly cleaned and dried. Install new cup plugs using
a coating of good grade non-hardening sealant such as Loctite® 620 (or equivalent).

54.4 Inspection of the Cylinder Block


Inspect as follows:
1. Remove the cylinder liners and check to determine whether liner replacement is necessary.

NOTICE: The measurements are average gauge readings at each position. Also, the out-of-round must not
exceed 0.0254 mm (0.001 in.).

2. Measure the bore of each cylinder with cylinder bore gauge (J–5347–B) which has a dial indicator calibrated in 0.0001
in increments.

290 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

Table 28.
Location DD13 DD15 DD16
159 mm to 159.04 mm (6.259 to 6.261 167 to 167.04 mm (6.5748 to 6.5763 167 to 167.04 mm (6.5748 to 6.5763
A
in.) in.) in.)
149 to 149.04 mm (5.866 to 5.8677
B 142 to 142.02 mm 58 (5.590 5.591 in.) 149 to 149.04 mm (5.866 to 5.8677 in.)
in.)

3. Measure cylinder block bore, at the positions on axis 90 degrees apart. If the diameter does not exceed the dimensions,
the block may be reused.

54.5 Inspection of the Main Bearing Bores


Inspect as follows:
1. Install the main bearing caps in their original positions. Lubricate the cap bolt threads and head contact surfaces with a
small quantity of clean engine oil.
2. Install the main cap bolts and torque bolts to 50 N·m (37 lb·ft).

Table 29.
DD13 DD15 DD16
Main Bearing Cap Bolt 175.5 mm (6.909 in.) 200.5 mm (7.894 in.) 200.5 mm (7.894 in.)

3. Torque the main cap bolts again to 150 N·m (103 lb·ft).
For the DD13, final torque the main cap bolts to 300 N·m (221 lb·ft). Then, torque turn the bolts an additional 90°.
For the DD15 and DD16, final torque the main cap bolts to 250 N·m (184 lb·ft). Then, torque turn the bolts an
additional 90°; and again torque turn the bolts an additional 90°.

NOTE: Dial bore master setting fixture should be used to zero the cylinder bore gauge.

4. Measure the main bearing bores using dial bore gauge which has a dial indicator calibrated in 0.0001 in increments. Set
the cylinder bore gauge on zero in master setting fixture.

All information subject to change without notice. 291


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
54 Cylinder Block

54.6 General Inspection and Rust Prevention of the Cylinder Block


General Inspection
Check all machined surfaces for nicks or burrs that could affect the fit of mating parts. Clean up as necessary by stoning.
Also inspect all tapped holes for thread damage and re-tap or install helical thread inserts as necessary. Replace any loose or
damaged dowel pins.

NOTICE: Castings free of grease or oil will rust when exposed to the atmosphere. Rust on machined surfaces
may result in leakage.

Rust Prevention
After inspection, if the cylinder block is not to be used immediately, spray the machined surfaces with engine oil.
If the block is to be stored for an extended period of time, spray or dip it in a polar-type rust preventive such as "Tectyl®
502-C" from Valvoline Oil Company (or equivalent).
Tectyl® is a registered trademark of Ashland Oil, Inc.

54.7 Reassembly and Installation of the Cylinder Block


After the cylinder block has been cleaned and inspected, assemble the engine as follows:

WARNING: EYE INJURY


To avoid injury from flying debris when using compressed air, wear adequate eye protection (face
shield or safety goggles) and do not exceed 276 kPa (40 psi) air pressure.

1. Before a reconditioned or new service replacement cylinder block is used, steam clean it to remove the rust preventive.
Blow out the oil galleries with compressed air.
2. If a new service replacement block is used, stamp the engine serial number and model number on the pad provided on
the front left side of the block.
3. Also stamp the position numbers on the main bearing caps and the position of the No. 1 bearing on the cooler side of
the oil pan mounting flange of the block.
4. Install the main bearing caps in their original positions.
5. Install all of the required cup plugs. Use a good grade of non-hardening sealant such as Loctite® 620 (or equivalent).
Apply a thin coat of sealant just inside the chamfer where the plug is to be installed and install using cup plug
installation tool set (J–35653).
6. With the engine mounted on the overhaul stand, install all of any remaining subassemblies and parts on the cylinder
block.
a. Install the crankshaft main bearings. Refer to section "Installation of the Crankshaft"
b. Install the crankshaft. Refer to section "Installation of the Crankshaft"
c. Install the cylinder liners. Refer to section "Installation of the Cylinder Liner"

NOTICE: Always check to make sure cooling nozzles are open and aligned after piston installation. An
obstructed, misaligned, bent, or damaged nozzle may not provide proper piston cooling. A loosened nozzle may
cause a loss of main gallery oil pressure. In either case, piston overheating or lack of adequate lubrication may
result in severe engine damage.

NOTICE: When installed, ensure the spray nozzles are aligned.

d. Install the piston and connecting rod assembly. Refer to section "Installation of the Piston and Connecting Rod
Assembly"

292 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

e. Install the gear train. Refer to section "Installation and Timing of Engine Gear Train"
f. Install the flywheel housing. Refer to section "Installation of the Flywheel Housing"
g. Install the oil pan. Refer to section "Installation of the Oil Pan"
h. Install the flywheel. Refer to section "Installation of the Flywheel"
i. Install the cylinder head.
For the DD13: Refer to section "Installation of the DD13 Cylinder Head"
For the DD15 and DD16: Refer to section "Installation of the DD15 and DD16 Cylinder Head"
j. Install the camshaft housing. Refer to section "Installation of the Camshaft Housing"
k. Install the vibration damper. Refer to section "Installation of the Vibration Damper"
l. Install the crankshaft pulley.
m. Install the engine lifter brackets.
Refer to section "Installation of the Rear Engine Lifter Brackets"
Refer to section "Installation of the Front Engine Lifter Bracket without Front Engine Power Take-Off"
Refer to section "Installation of the Front Engine Lifter Bracket with Front Engine Power Take-Off"
n. Install the rocker cover. Refer to section "Installation of the Rocker Cover"
o. Install any electrical components, accessories, connectors or wiring looms that were removed during disassembly.
p. Install the Motor Control Module (MCM). Refer to section "Installation of the Motor Control Module"
q. Install the cylinder head/engine lifting bar tool (W470589006200) to the engine.

WARNING: FALLING ENGINE


To avoid injury from a falling engine, ensure an appropriately rated lifting device with a spreader
bar and sling is used to lift the engine. Moving the engine without an appropriately rated lifting
device could result in the engine falling, which could cause serious personal injury and component
damage. The sling and spreader bar should be adjusted so the lifting hooks are vertical to prevent
bending the lifter brackets. To ensure proper weight distribution, all provided lifter brackets must be
used.

r. Remove the engine from the overhaul stand.


s. Prime engine lubrication system. Refer to section "Priming the Engine Lubrication System"
7. Transfer the engine to a suitable engine dynamometer test stand. Operate the engine on a dynamometer following the
Run-in procedure.
8. Install the engine in the equipment from which it was removed.

All information subject to change without notice. 293


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
54 Cylinder Block

54.8 Removal of the Gear Case Front Cover


Remove as follows:

NOTICE: Do not allow dirt or debris to fall into the gear train as damage can occur.

1. Clean the area surrounding the gear case front cover.


2. Remove the three mounting bolts (1) on the front of the gear case cover (2).

3. Remove the bolt (5) holding the gear case cover from the rear of the engine.
4. Remove the gear case cover (2) and discard the O-rings (3, 4).

54.9 Installation of the Gear Case Front Cover


Install as follows:

NOTICE: Do not allow dirt or debris to fall into the gear train as damage can occur.

1. Install new O-rings rings (3, 4) onto the gear case cover (2).

294 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

2. Using clean engine oil, lightly lubricate the O-rings.


3. Install the gear case cover (2) onto the engine with 4 bolts.
4. Torque the bolts to 60 N•m (44 lb•ft).

All information subject to change without notice. 295


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
55 Engine Wiring Harness

55 Engine Wiring Harness

55.1 Removal of the Engine Wiring Harness -Three-Filter Fuel System


NOTE: Some engine wiring harness routing may vary due to engine configuration.

Remove as follows:
1. Steam clean the engine.
2. Disconnect the batteries.
3. Disconnect all connectors (2) from the left side of the engine.

Table 30.
1 Engine Wiring Harness Clips
2 Connectors
3 Bolts
4 Motor Control Module (MCM) Connector Bolts
5 Wiring Harness Front Left Bolt

4. Remove the MCM connector bolts (4) securing the left side of the engine harness to the MCM (see above graphic).
5. Remove the wiring harness front left bolt (5) securing the left side of the engine harness to the engine (see above
graphic).
6. Remove all engine wiring harness clips (1) from the left side of the engine (see above graphic).
7. Remove the oil pan. Refer to section "Removal of the Oil Pan".
8. Disconnect the connector (2) from the front of the engine.

296 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

Table 31.
1 Engine wiring harness clips
2 Connector
3 Bolt

9. Remove the bolt (3) securing the engine wiring harness to the front of the engine (see above graphic).
10. Remove all engine wiring harness clips (1) from the front of the engine (see above graphic).
11. Disconnect the connectors (2) from the right side of the engine.

All information subject to change without notice. 297


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
55 Engine Wiring Harness

Table 32.
1 Engine wiring harness clips
2 Connectors
3 Bolt

12. Remove the bolt (3) securing the engine wiring harness to the right side of the engine (see above graphic).
13. Remove all engine wiring harness clips (1) from the right side of the engine (see above graphic).
14. Remove the engine harness from the engine.

55.2 Installation of the Engine Wiring Harness -Three-Filter Fuel System


NOTE: Some engine wiring harness routing may vary due to engine configuration.

Install as follows:
1. Install the wiring harness on to the left/right side and front of the engine.

298 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

Table 33.
1 Engine wiring harness clips
2 Connectors
3 Bolt

2. Install all engine wiring harness clips on to the right side of the engine.
3. Install the bolt (3) securing the engine wiring harness to the right side of the engine. Torque to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft).
4. Connect all connectors (2) on to the right side of the engine.

All information subject to change without notice. 299


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
55 Engine Wiring Harness

Table 34.
1 Engine wiring harness clips
2 Connector
3 Bolt

5. Install all engine wiring harness clips (1) on to the front of the engine.
6. Install the bolt (3) securing the engine wiring harness to the front of the engine. Torque to 15 N·m (11 lb·ft).
7. Connect the connector (2) on the front of the engine.

300 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

Table 35.
1 Engine wiring harness clips
2 Connectors
3 Bolts
4 MCM Connector Bolts
5 Wiring Harness Front Left Bolt

8. Install all engine wiring harness clips (1) on to the left side of the engine.
9. Install the wiring harness front left bolt (5) securing the left side of the engine harness to the engine. Torque to 30 N·m
(22 lb·ft).
10. Install the MCM connector bolts (4) securing the left side of the engine harness to the MCM. Torque to 25 N·m (18
lb·ft).
11. Connect all the connectors (2) on to the left side of the engine.
12. Connect the batteries.

55.3 Removal of the Engine Wiring Harness - Two-Filter Fuel System


NOTE: Some engine wiring harness routing may vary due to engine configuration.

Remove as follows:
1. Steam clean the engine.
2. Disconnect the batteries.
3. Disconnect all connectors (2) from the left side of the engine.

All information subject to change without notice. 301


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
55 Engine Wiring Harness

Table 36.
1 Engine wiring harness clips
2 Connectors
3 Bolts
4 Motor Control Module (MCM) Connector Bolts
5 Wiring Harness Front Left Bolt
6 (If equipped) Variable Speed Engine Water Pump Connectors

4. Remove the MCM connector bolts (4) securing the left side of the engine harness to the MCM (see above graphic).
5. Remove the wiring harness front left bolt (5) securing the left side of the engine harness to the engine (see above
graphic) .
6. Remove all engine wiring harness clips (1) from the left side of the engine (see above graphic).
7. Remove the oil pan. Refer to section "Removal of the Oil Pan".
8. Disconnect the connector (2) from the front of the engine.

302 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

Table 37.
1 Engine wiring harness clips
2 Connector
3 Bolt

9. Remove the bolt (3) securing the engine wiring harness to the front of the engine (see above graphic).
10. Remove all engine wiring harness clips (1) from the front of the engine (see above graphic).
11. Disconnect the connectors (2) from the right side of the engine.

All information subject to change without notice. 303


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
55 Engine Wiring Harness

Table 38.
1 Engine wiring harness clips
2 Connectors
3 Bolt

12. Remove the bolt (3) securing the engine wiring harness to the right side of the engine (see above graphic).
13. Remove all engine wiring harness clips (1) from the right side of the engine (see above graphic).
14. Remove the engine harness from the engine.

55.4 Installation of the Engine Wiring Harness - Two-Filter Fuel System


NOTE: Some engine wiring harness routing may vary due to engine configuration.

Install as follows:
1. Install the wiring harness on to the left/right side and front of the engine.
2. Install all engine wiring harness clips (1) on to the right side of the engine.

304 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

Table 39.
1 Engine wiring harness clips
2 Connectors
3 Bolt

3. Install the bolt (3) securing the engine wiring harness to the right side of the engine. Torque to 30 N·m (22 lb·ft) (see
above graphic).
4. Connect all connectors (2) on to the right side of the engine (see above graphic).
5. Install all engine wiring harness clips (1) on to the front of the engine.

All information subject to change without notice. 305


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
55 Engine Wiring Harness

Table 40.
1 Engine wiring harness clips
2 Connector
3 Bolt

6. Install the bolt (3) securing the engine wiring harness to the front of the engine. Torque to 15 N·m (11 lb·ft) (see above
graphic).
7. Connect the connector (2) on the front of the engine (see above graphic).
8. Install the oil pan. Refer to section "Installation of the Oil Pan".
9. Install all engine wiring harness clips (1) on to the left side of the engine.

306 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

Table 41.
1 Engine wiring harness clips
2 Connectors
3 Bolts
4 Motor Control Module (MCM) Connector Bolts
5 Wiring Harness Front Left Bolt
6 (If equipped) Variable Speed Engine Water Pump Connectors

10. Install the wiring harness front left bolt (5) securing the left side of the engine harness to the engine. Torque to 30 N·m
(22 lb·ft) (see above graphic).
11. Install the MCM connector bolts (4) securing the left side of the engine harness to the MCM. Torque to 25 N·m (18
lb·ft) (see above graphic).
12. Connect all the connectors (2) on to the left side of the engine (see above graphic).
13. Connect the batteries.

All information subject to change without notice. 307


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
56 Clutch

56 Clutch

56.1 Removal of the Clutch


Special Tools
A special tool is required for this procedure.

Table 42.
Clutch Disc Alignment Tool DDE W 950 589 00 61 00

Remove as follows:
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, shut down the engine, and set the parking brake. Chock the tires.
2. Disconnect the batteries at the negative post, including the batteries for the auxiliary Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning (HVAC), if equipped.
3. Remove the transmission. For instructions, see the Vehicle Workshop Manual.
4. Loosen the clutch bolts incrementally in a star pattern. Do not remove the bolts.
5. Insert the clutch disk alignment tool (DDE W 950 589 00 61 00) in the pilot bearing bore.
6. On the upper half of the pressure plate, replace two of the bolts with pressure plate guide pins. To manufacture pressure
plate guide pins, refer to the dimensions in the table below.

308 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

Table 43.
Pressure Plate Guide Pin Installation

NOTE: Manufacture two guide pins from M10 bolts according to the dimensions shown:
A. 140 mm (5-1/2 in.)
B. 30 mm (1-3/16 in.)
C. M10 x 1.5

Table 44.
Typical Guide Pin Installation

A. Range for Installing Guide Pins


B. Install two guide pins within the shown range, as widely separated as possible.

All information subject to change without notice. 309


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
56 Clutch

NOTICE: The pressure plate has an internal adjustment mechanism, which cannot be reset. The pressure plate
does not need to be “caged,” and is designed not to adjust during removal, but rough handling or an improper
resting position could affect the adjustment. Do not drop the pressure plate, and always store it resting on the
friction surface to prevent unintended adjustment.

7. Remove the remaining bolts. Remove the clutch and rest it on the friction surface.
8. Inspect the flywheel surface, starter ring, and pilot bearing. Repair as necessary.

56.2 Installation of the Clutch


Special Tools
A special tool is required for this procedure.

Table 45.
Clutch Disc Alignment Tool DDE W 950 589 00 61 00

310 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

Table 46.
Pressure Plate Guide Pin Installation

NOTE: Manufacture two guide pins from M10 bolts according to the dimensions shown:
A. 140 mm (5-1/2 in.)
B. 30 mm (1-3/16 in.)
C. M10 x 1.5

Install as follows:

NOTE: Do not apply lubricant to the input shaft splines. The dust will contaminate the lubricant and cause slow
clutch response time.

NOTICE: The flywheel and/or pressure plate can be damaged if the pressure plate assembly is not compressed
incrementally.

NOTE: If appropriate, replace the pilot bearing at this time.

1. Insert the clutch alignment tool (1), with the disk installed, into the pilot bearing.

All information subject to change without notice. 311


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
56 Clutch

2. Install guide pins (1) in the flywheel.

3. Position the pressure plate, with the adjustment release (2), in the top-most bolt group (4), and hang it on the guide pins
(1).

312 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

NOTICE: Install the clutch using new bolts. Clutch bolts are one-time use and must be replaced when
installing/re-installing the pressure plate.

4. Install the clutch bolts finger-tight.


5. Replace the guide pins with clutch bolts, and install finger-tight.

NOTICE: While tightening the pressure plate bolts, if the force required changes significantly before the
diaphragm spring is fully compressed, the pressure plate may not have piloted into the counter-bore of the
flywheel correctly. Back all the bolts off and start over or the flywheel could be damaged.

NOTE: During the first steps of the tightening process, confirm the clutch alignment tool is centered and movable
in the disk/pilot bearing. Otherwise it will be difficult to remove the tool and install the input shaft.

6. Go to the bottom-most bolt group and, while lifting the pressure plate into alignment with the flywheel bore, tighten
one of the three bolts (3), two turns.
7. Move clockwise around the flywheel in the sequence shown, turning one bolt in each group two turns.

All information subject to change without notice. 313


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081
56 Clutch

8. Change to a criss-cross pattern and continue tightening the same four bolts. Tighten one turn each, until the pressure
plate is seated against the flywheel.

9. Run the rest of the bolts in snug.


10. Torque the bolts to 60 N·m (44 lb·ft).
11. Install the transmission. Refer to section "Installation of the Transmission".
12. Connect all the batteries.
13. Connect DDDL/DDRS; under the actions dropdown menu perform “Transmission Learn Procedure."

314 All information subject to change without notice.


EPA07/10/GHG14 DD Platform Engine Systems Workshop Manual

57 Pilot Bearing

57.1 Removal of the Pilot Bearing


Remove as follows:
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, shut down the engine and set the parking brake. Chock the tires.
2. Disconnect batteries at the negative post, including batteries for the auxiliary Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning
(HVAC), if equipped.
3. Remove the transmission. For instructions, see Vehicle Workshop Manual.
4. Remove the clutch. For instructions, see Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM) literature.
5. Using a puller, remove the pilot bearing.

57.2 Installation of the Pilot Bearing


A special tool is required for this procedure.

Table 47.

Install as follows:
1. Using a pilot bearing drift, tool DDE W403 589 05 15 00, push the bearing in until it bottoms out in the flywheel.
2. Install the clutch. For instructions, see Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM) literature.
3. Install the transmission. For instructions, see Vehicle Workshop Manual.

All information subject to change without notice. 315


DDC-SVC-MAN-0081

You might also like